0% found this document useful (0 votes)
54 views538 pages

Ba Applied-Artificial-Intelligence Fs-Oi-Baai en Puamqm

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1/ 538

MODULE HANDBOOK

Bachelor of Science

Applied Artificial Intelligence (FS-OI-BAAI)

180 CP

Distance Learning and myStudies


2

Classification: Undergraduate

www.iu.org
3

Contents

1. Semester

Module DLBCSIAW: Introduction to Academic Work


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Course DLBCSIAW01: Introduction to Academic Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

Module DLBDSIPWP: Introduction to Programming with Python


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Course DLBDSIPWP01: Introduction to Programming with Python . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Module DLBDSMFC: Mathematics: Analysis


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Course DLBDSMFC01: Mathematics: Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Module DLBCSCW: Collaborative Work


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Course DLBCSCW01: Collaborative Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Module DLBDSSPDS-01: Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Course DLBDSSPDS01-01: Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Module DLBDSEAIS1: Artificial Intelligence


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Course DLBDSEAIS01: Artificial Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

2. Semester

Module DLBDSOOFPP: Object Oriented and Functional Programming with Python


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Course DLBDSOOFPP01: Object Oriented and Functional Programming in Python . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Module DLBDSMFLA: Mathematics: Linear Algebra


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Course DLBDSMFLA01: Mathematics: Linear Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Module DLBCSIDM: Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Course DLBCSIDM01: Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

www.iu.org
4

Module DLBDSSIS: Statistics - Inferential Statistics


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Course DLBDSSIS01: Statistics - Inferential Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Module DLBDSCC: Cloud Computing


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Course DLBDSCC01: Cloud Computing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Module DLBSEPCP_E: Cloud Programming


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Course DLBSEPCP01_E: Cloud Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

3. Semester

Module DLBDSMLSL: Machine Learning - Supervised Learning


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Course DLBDSMLSL01: Machine Learning - Supervised Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Module DLBDSMLUSL: Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Feature Engineering


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Course DLBDSMLUSL01: Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Feature Engineering . . . . . . .96

Module DLBDSNNDL: Neural Nets and Deep Learning


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Course DLBDSNNDL01: Neural Nets and Deep Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Module DLBAIICV: Introduction to Computer Vision


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Course DLBAIICV01: Introduction to Computer Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Module DLBAIPCV: Project: Computer Vision


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Course DLBAIPCV01: Project: Computer Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Module DLBAIIRL: Introduction to Reinforcement Learning


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Course DLBAIIRL01: Introduction to Reinforcement Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120

4. Semester

Module DLBAIINLP: Introduction to NLP


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Course DLBAIINLP01: Introduction to NLP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

www.iu.org
5

Module DLBAIPNLP : Project: NLP


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Course DLBAIPNLP01: Project: NLP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Module DLBCSIDPITS: Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Course DLBCSIDPITS01: Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Module DLBDSDSSE: Data Science Software Engineering


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Course DLBDSDSSE01: Data Science Software Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Module DLBDSMTP: Project: From Model to Production


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Course DLBDSMTP01: Project: From Model to Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Module DLBDSSECDS: Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Course DLBDSSECDS01: Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

5. Semester

Module DLBMIUEX1_E: User Experience


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Course DLBMIUEX01_E: User Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Module DLBMIUEX2_E: UX-Project


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Course DLBMIUEX02_E: UX-Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Module DLBAIPEAI: Project: Edge AI


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Course DLBAIPEAI01: Project: Edge AI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Module DLBROIR_E: Introduction to Robotics


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Course DLBROIR01_E: Introduction to Robotics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182

Module DLBCSAPM: Agile Project Management


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Course DLBCSAPM01: Agile Project Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Module DLBDSEAD: Autonomous Driving


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

www.iu.org
6

Course DLBDSEAD01: Self-Driving Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194


Course DLBDSEAD02: Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Module DLBDSEAR: Production Engineering, Automation and Robotics


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
Course DLBDSEAR01: Production Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Course DLBDSEAR02: Automation and Robotics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Module DLBDSEDE: Data Engineer


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Course DLBDSEDE01: Data Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
Course DLBDSEDE02: Project: Data Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219

Module DLBAIEDSPST: Digital Signal Processing and Sensor Technology


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Course DLBROEICR01_E: Digital Signal Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Course DLBROST01_E: Sensor Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229

Module DLBAIEDD: Database Developer


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Course DLBCSDMDS01: Database Modeling and Database Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Course DLBDSPBDM01: Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Module DLBCSEBI: Business Intelligence


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Course DLBCSEBI01: Business Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Course DLBCSEBI02: Project: Business Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251

Module DLBDSEDA: Data Analyst


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Course DLBDSEDA01: Advanced Data Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Course DLBDSEDA02: Project: Data Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Module DLBMIAMVR_E: Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Course DLBMIAMVR01_E: Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Course DLBMIAMVR02_E: X-Reality Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

6. Semester

Module DLBDSEIMB: International Marketing and Branding


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Course DLBDSEIMB01: International Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278
Course DLBDSEIMB02: International Brand Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

www.iu.org
7

Module DLBDSEAS: Applied Sales


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Course DLBDSEAS01: Applied Sales I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Course DLBDSEAS02: Applied Sales II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Module DLBDSESCM: Supply Chain Management


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Course DLBDSESCM01: Supply Chain Management I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Course DLBDSESCM02: Supply Chain Management II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306

Module DLBCSEITPAM: IT project and architecture management


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Course DLBCSEITPAM01: IT Project Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Course DLBCSEITPAM02: IT Architecture Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Module DLBKPSWPMCI_E: Psychology of Human Computer Interaction


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Course DLBUXEP01_E: Experience Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Course DLBUXHCI01_E: Human Computer Interaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Module DLBDSEAD: Autonomous Driving


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Course DLBDSEAD01: Self-Driving Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Course DLBDSEAD02: Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335

Module DLBDSEAR: Production Engineering, Automation and Robotics


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Course DLBDSEAR01: Production Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Course DLBDSEAR02: Automation and Robotics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Module DLBDSEDE: Data Engineer


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Course DLBDSEDE01: Data Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352
Course DLBDSEDE02: Project: Data Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357

Module DLBAIEDSPST: Digital Signal Processing and Sensor Technology


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Course DLBROEICR01_E: Digital Signal Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Course DLBROST01_E: Sensor Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367

Module DLBAIEDD: Database Developer


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Course DLBCSDMDS01: Database Modeling and Database Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Course DLBDSPBDM01: Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380

www.iu.org
8

Module DLBCSEBI: Business Intelligence


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Course DLBCSEBI01: Business Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Course DLBCSEBI02: Project: Business Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Module DLBDSEDA: Data Analyst


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Course DLBDSEDA01: Advanced Data Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Course DLBDSEDA02: Project: Data Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

Module DLBMIAMVR_E: Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Course DLBMIAMVR01_E: Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403
Course DLBMIAMVR02_E: X-Reality Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408

Module DLBDSEIMB: International Marketing and Branding


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Course DLBDSEIMB01: International Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415
Course DLBDSEIMB02: International Brand Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420

Module DLBDSEAS: Applied Sales


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Course DLBDSEAS01: Applied Sales I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Course DLBDSEAS02: Applied Sales II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Module DLBDSESCM: Supply Chain Management


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Course DLBDSESCM01: Supply Chain Management I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Course DLBDSESCM02: Supply Chain Management II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443

Module DLBCSEITPAM: IT project and architecture management


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Course DLBCSEITPAM01: IT Project Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .450
Course DLBCSEITPAM02: IT Architecture Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454

Module DLBKPSWPMCI_E: Psychology of Human Computer Interaction


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Course DLBUXEP01_E: Experience Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Course DLBUXHCI01_E: Human Computer Interaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463

Module DLFSWI_E: Foreign Language Italian


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Course DLFSWI01_E: Certificate Course Italian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .469
Course DLFSI01_E: Foreign Language Italian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .473

www.iu.org
9

Module DLFSWF_E: Foreign Language French


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Course DLFSWF01_E: Certificate Course French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Course DLFSF01_E: Foreign Language French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .483

Module DLFSWS_E: Foreign Language Spanish


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Course DLFSWS01_E: Certificate Course Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .489
Course DLFSS01_E: Foreign Language Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493

Module DLFSWG: Foreign Language German


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
Course DLFSWG01: Certificate Course German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .499
Course DLFSG01: Foreign Language German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503

Module DLBSG_E: Studium Generale


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Course DLBSG01_E: Studium Generale I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Course DLBSG02_E: Studium Generale II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512

Module FSINTER: Internship


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Course FSINTER01: Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .517

Module DLBKAENT_E: Career Development


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
Course DLBKAENT01_E: Personal Career Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
Course DLBKAENT02_E: Personal Elevator Pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527

Module DLBBT: Bachelor Thesis


Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
Course DLBBT01: Bachelor Thesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
Course DLBBT02: Colloquium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .536

www.iu.org
1. Semester
DLBCSIAW 11

Introduction to Academic Work


Module Code: DLBCSIAW

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Brigitte Huber (Introduction to Academic Work)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Introduction to Academic Work (DLBCSIAW01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: myStudies
Basic Workbook (passed / not passed)
Study Format: Distance Learning
Basic Workbook (passed / not passed)

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Scientific Theoretical Foundations and Research Paradigms
▪ Application of Good Scientific Practice
▪ Methodology
▪ Librarianship: Structure, Use, and Literature Management
▪ Forms of Scientific Work at IU

www.iu.org
12 DLBCSIAW

Learning Outcomes
Introduction to Academic Work
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand and apply formal criteria of a scientific work.
▪ distinguish basic research methods and identify criteria of good scientific practice.
▪ describe central scientific theoretical basics and research paradigms and their effects on
scientific research results.
▪ use literature databases, literature administration programs, and other library structures
properly; avoid plagiarism; and apply citation styles correctly.
▪ apply the evidence criteria to scientific texts.
▪ define a research topic and derive a structure for scientific texts.
▪ compile a list of literature, illustrations, tables, and abbreviations for scientific texts.
▪ understand and distinguish between the different forms of scientific work at IU.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programs in the Business field
This module is similar to other modules in the
field of Methods

www.iu.org
DLBCSIAW01 13

Introduction to Academic Work


Course Code: DLBCSIAW01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The application of good scientific practice is one of the basic academic qualifications that should
be acquired while studying. This course deals with the distinction between everyday knowledge
and science. This requires a deeper understanding of the theory of science, as well as the
knowledge of basic research methods and instruments for writing scientific texts. The students
therefore gain initial insight into academic research and are introduced to the basic knowledge
that will help them in the future to produce scientific papers. In addition, the students receive
an overview of the different IU examination forms and insight into their requirements and
implementation.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand and apply formal criteria of a scientific work.


▪ distinguish basic research methods and identify criteria of good scientific practice.
▪ describe central scientific theoretical basics and research paradigms and their effects on
scientific research results.
▪ use literature databases, literature administration programs, and other library structures
properly; avoid plagiarism; and apply citation styles correctly.
▪ apply the evidence criteria to scientific texts.
▪ define a research topic and derive a structure for scientific texts.
▪ compile a list of literature, illustrations, tables, and abbreviations for scientific texts.
▪ understand and distinguish between the different forms of scientific work at IU.

Contents
1. Theory of Science
1.1 Introduction to Science and Research
1.2 Research Paradigms
1.3 Fundamental Research Decisions
1.4 Effects of Scientific Paradigms on Research Design

2. Application of Good Scientific Practice


2.1 Research Ethics
2.2 Evidence Teaching

www.iu.org
14 DLBCSIAW01

2.3 Data Protection and Affidavit


2.4 Orthography and Shape
2.5 Identification and Delimitation of Topics
2.6 Research Questions and Structure

3. Research Methods
3.1 Empirical Research
3.2 Literature and Reviews
3.3 Quantitative Data Collection
3.4 Qualitative Data Collection
3.5 Mix of Methods
3.6 Critique of Methods and Self-Reflection

4. Librarianship: Structure, Use, and Literature Management


4.1 Plagiarism Prevention
4.2 Database Search
4.3 Literature Administration
4.4 Citation and Author Guidelines
4.5 Bibliography

5. Scientific Work at the IU – Research Essay

6. Scientific Work at the IU - Project Report

7. Scientific Work at the IU - Case Study

8. Scientific Work at the IU - Bachelor Thesis

9. Scientific Work at the IU – Oral Assignment

10. Scientific Work at the IU – Oral Project Report

11. Scientific Work at the IU - Colloquium

12. Scientific Work at the IU - Portfolio

13. Scientific Work at the IU - Exam

www.iu.org
DLBCSIAW01 15

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bell, J., & Waters, S. (2018). Doing your research project: A guide for first-time researchers (7th
ed.). Open University Press McGraw-Hill Education.
▪ Deb, D., Dey, R., & Balas, V. E. (2019). Engineering research methodology: A practical insight for
researchers. Springer.
▪ Saunders, M., Lewis, P., & Thornhill, A. (2019). Research Methods for Business Students (8th
ed.). Pearson.
▪ Veal, A. J. (2018). Research Methods for Leisure and Tourism (5th ed.). Pearson.

www.iu.org
16 DLBCSIAW01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Basic Workbook (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
110 h 0h 20 h 0h 150 h
20 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Online Tests
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Guideline
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBCSIAW01 17

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Basic Workbook (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
110 h 0h 20 h 0h 150 h
20 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Online Tests
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Guideline
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
18 DLBDSIPWP

Introduction to Programming with Python


Module Code: DLBDSIPWP

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Dr. Cosmina Croitoru (Introduction to Programming with Python)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Introduction to Programming with Python (DLBDSIPWP01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: On Campus
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Python as a programming language for data science
▪ Variables and built-in datatypes
▪ Statements and functions
▪ Error and exception handling
▪ Important Python data science modules

www.iu.org
DLBDSIPWP 19

Learning Outcomes
Introduction to Programming with Python
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ use fundamental Python syntax.
▪ recollect common elementary data types.
▪ recognize foundational programming concepts and their realization in Python.
▪ understand error handling and logging.
▪ create working programs.
▪ list the most important libraries and packages for data science.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
field of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence field

www.iu.org
20 DLBDSIPWP01

Introduction to Programming with Python


Course Code: DLBDSIPWP01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course provides students with a foundational understanding of the Python programming
language. Following an introductory exposition to the importance of Python for data science-
related programming tasks, students will be acquainted with fundamental programming concepts
like variables, data types, and statements. Building on this basis, the important notion of a
function is explained and errors, exception handling, and logging are explicated. The course
concludes with an overview of the most widely-used library packages for data science.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ use fundamental Python syntax.


▪ recollect common elementary data types.
▪ recognize foundational programming concepts and their realization in Python.
▪ understand error handling and logging.
▪ create working programs.
▪ list the most important libraries and packages for data science.

Contents
1. Introduction
1.1 Why Python?
1.2 Obtaining and installing Python
1.3 The Python interpreter , IPython, and Jupyter

2. Variables and Data Types


2.1 Variables and value assignment
2.2 Numbers
2.3 Strings
2.4 Collections
2.5 Files

3. Statements
3.1 Assignment, expressions, and print

www.iu.org
DLBDSIPWP01 21

3.2 Conditional statements


3.3 Loops
3.4 Iterators and comprehensions

4. Functions
4.1 Function declaration
4.2 Scope
4.3 Arguments

5. Errors and Exceptions


5.1 Errors
5.2 Exception handling
5.3 Logs

6. Modules and Packages


6.1 Usage
6.2 Namespaces
6.3 Documentation
6.4 Popular data science packages

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Barry, P. (2016). Head first Python: A brain-friendly guide. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly Media, Inc.
▪ Kapil, S. (2019). Clean Python: Elegant coding in Python. Berkeley, CA: Apress.
▪ Lubanovic, B. (2019). Introducing Python (2nd ed.). Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.
▪ Lutz, M. (2013). Learning Python (5th ed.). Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.
▪ Matthes, E. (2015). Python crash course: A hands-on, project-based introduction to
programming. San Fransisco, CA: No Starch Press.
▪ Müller, A. C., & Guido, S. (2016). Introduction to machine learning with Python: A guide for data
scientists. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly Media, Inc.
▪ Ramalho, L. (2015). Fluent Python: Clear, concise, and effective programming. Sebastopol, CA:
O’Reilly.

www.iu.org
22 DLBDSIPWP01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSIPWP01 23

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
24 DLBDSIPWP01

Study Format On Campus

Study Format Course Type


On Campus Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support
☑ Course Feed
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBDSMFC 25

Mathematics: Analysis
Module Code: DLBDSMFC

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Robert Graf (Mathematics: Analysis)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Mathematics: Analysis (DLBDSMFC01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Sequences and series
▪ Functions & reverse functions
▪ differential calculus
▪ integral calculus

www.iu.org
26 DLBDSMFC

Learning Outcomes
Mathematics: Analysis
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ summarize the basic concepts of analysis.
▪ illustrate the terms "consequences" and "series".
▪ explain the concept of function and to understand the concept of the inverse function.
▪ explain basic statements of the differential and integral calculus.
▪ explain the relationship between differentiation and integration.
▪ master the derivation of higher-dimensional functions.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
This module is similar to other modules in the field
field of Methods

www.iu.org
DLBDSMFC01 27

Mathematics: Analysis
Course Code: DLBDSMFC01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Analysis is one of the essential basic subjects of mathematics. Originally developed to be able to
formulate and solve problems of classical mechanics mathematically, in its present rigorous form
it has become indispensable in numerous applications in the natural sciences and technology.
This module aims to introduce the basic hand tool of differential and integral calculus and
to explain their mutual interrelations. In addition, the differential calculus is generalized to
multidimensional spaces.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ summarize the basic concepts of analysis.


▪ illustrate the terms "consequences" and "series".
▪ explain the concept of function and to understand the concept of the inverse function.
▪ explain basic statements of the differential and integral calculus.
▪ explain the relationship between differentiation and integration.
▪ master the derivation of higher-dimensional functions.

Contents
1. Sequences and series
1.1 Sequences and series
1.2 Convergence of infinite series
1.3 power series

2. Functions and reverse functions


2.1 Continuous functions
2.2 Exponential and logarithm function
2.3 Trigonometric functions and their inverse functions

3. Differential calculus
3.1 Derivatives and higher derivatives
3.2 curve discussion
3.3 Rules (chain rule, product rule, quotient rule ...)

www.iu.org
28 DLBDSMFC01

3.4 Taylor Rows

4. Integral calculus
4.1 The Riemann Integral
4.2 Specific and indefinite integrals
4.3 The fundamental theorem of differential and integral calculus
4.4 Volumes and shells of rotary bodies
4.5 Paths and lengths

5. Differential calculus in the Rn


5.1 Partial Derivation
5.2 Total Derivation
5.3 Gradients of vector-valued functions and matrices

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Deisenroth, M.P., Faisal, A.A., & Ong, C.S. (2020). Mathematics for Machine Learning. Cambridge
University Press.
▪ Magnus, R. (2020). Fundamental Mathematical Analysis. Springer International Publishing.

www.iu.org
DLBDSMFC01 29

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Review Book
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio ☑ Online Tests
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
30 DLBDSMFC01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Review Book
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio ☑ Online Tests
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBCSCW 31

Collaborative Work
Module Code: DLBCSCW

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Karin Halbritter (Collaborative Work)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Collaborative Work (DLBCSCW01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: myStudies
Oral Assignment
Study Format: Distance Learning
Oral Assignment

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Self-Directed and Collaborative Learning
▪ Networking and Cooperation
▪ Performance in (Virtual) Teams
▪ Communication, Arguments, and Being Convincing
▪ Potentials for Conflict and Managing Conflicts
▪ Self-Management and Personal Skills

www.iu.org
32 DLBCSCW

Learning Outcomes
Collaborative Work
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ design their own learning processes both self-directed and collaborative with analog and
digital media.
▪ initiate face-to-face and virtual cooperation and select suitable methods for shaping
collaboration even in an intercultural context and across disciplinary boundaries.
▪ assess different forms of communication in relation to the goals and requirements of
different situations and to reflect on their own communication and argumentation behavior
in order to be able to shape conducive collaboration also in an interdisciplinary context.
▪ recognize social diversity including cultural and professional differences as a value, and to
name and apply tools to deal with them constructively.
▪ explain conflict potentials and the role of emotions in conflicts and to describe the use of
systemic methods in the target- and solution-oriented handling of conflicts.
▪ analyze one's own resources, present methods of self-leadership and self-motivation, and
derive appropriate strategies.

Links to other Modules within the Study Program Links to other Study Programs of the
University
This module is similar to other modules in the
field of Business Administration & Management All Bachelor Programs in the Business field

www.iu.org
DLBCSCW01 33

Collaborative Work
Course Code: DLBCSCW01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The course supports the students in building up and expanding important interdisciplinary
competences for our networked world, and in doing so, students can take advantage of the
opportunities for constructive cooperation with others. It presents essential forms and design
possibilities of collaborative learning and working, imparts basic knowledge and tools for self-
managed, flexible, and creative thinking, learning and acting and familiarizes students with the
topics of empathy and emotional intelligence. Students are also encouraged to use the course
contents. In this way, they promote their autonomous competence to act and their competence in
the interactive application of tools and in interacting in heterogeneous groups.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ design their own learning processes both self-directed and collaborative with analog and
digital media.
▪ initiate face-to-face and virtual cooperation and select suitable methods for shaping
collaboration even in an intercultural context and across disciplinary boundaries.
▪ assess different forms of communication in relation to the goals and requirements of
different situations and to reflect on their own communication and argumentation behavior
in order to be able to shape conducive collaboration also in an interdisciplinary context.
▪ recognize social diversity including cultural and professional differences as a value, and to
name and apply tools to deal with them constructively.
▪ explain conflict potentials and the role of emotions in conflicts and to describe the use of
systemic methods in the target- and solution-oriented handling of conflicts.
▪ analyze one's own resources, present methods of self-leadership and self-motivation, and
derive appropriate strategies.

Contents
1. Learning for a Networked World, in a Networked World
1.1 Requirements and Opportunities in the “VUCA” World
1.2 Learning, Knowing and Not-Knowing
1.3 The 4C Model: Collective, Collaborative, Continuous, and Connected
1.4 Monitoring Learning Behaviour

www.iu.org
34 DLBCSCW01

2. Networking & Cooperation


2.1 Cooperation Partners
2.2 Sustainable Relationships: Digital Interaction and Trust Building
2.3 Organizing Collaboration
2.4 Social Learning

3. Performance in (Online) Teams


3.1 Goals, Roles, Organization and Performance Measurement
3.2 Team Building and Team Flow
3.3 Agile Project Management with Scrum
3.4 Other Agile Methods

4. Communicating and Convincing


4.1 Communication as Social Interaction
4.2 Language, Images, Metaphors, and Stories
4.3 Attitude: Open, Empathetic, and Appreciative Communication
4.4 Active Listening
4.5 Analyze Your Conversational and Argumentative Skills

5. Recognizing Conflict Potential — Managing Conflicts — Negotiating Effectively


5.1 Respecting Diversity and Seizing Opportunities
5.2 Empathy
5.3 Systemic Solution Process Work
5.4 Constructive Negotiation

6. Achieving Your Goals


6.1 Effective Goal Setting
6.2 The Agile Use of Time
6.3 (Self-)Coaching Methods
6.4 Self-Management and Motivation Strategies

7. Mobilizing Resources
7.1 Recognizing Resources
7.2 Reflection and Innovation
7.3 Transfer Strength and Willpower

www.iu.org
DLBCSCW01 35

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Baber, A., Waymon, L., Alphonso, A., & Wylde, J. (2015). Strategic connections: The new face of
networking in a collaborative world. AMACOM.
▪ Kaats, E., & Opheij, W. (2014). Creating conditions for promising collaboration: Alliances,
networks, chains, strategic partnerships. Springer.
▪ Martin, S. J., Goldstein, N. J., & Cialdini, R. B. (2014). The small BIG: Small changes that spark
BIG influence. Profile Books.
▪ Oettingen, G. (2014). Rethinking positive thinking: Inside the new science of motivation.
Current.

www.iu.org
36 DLBCSCW01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Oral Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
110 h 0h 20 h 0h 150 h
20 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Online Tests
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Guideline
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBCSCW01 37

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Oral Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
110 h 0h 20 h 0h 150 h
20 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Online Tests
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Guideline
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
38 DLBDSSPDS-01

Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics


Module Code: DLBDSSPDS-01

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Veronica Mas (Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics )

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics (DLBDSSPDS01-01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Probability
▪ Random variables
▪ Joint distributions
▪ Expectation and variance
▪ Inequalities and limit theorems

www.iu.org
DLBDSSPDS-01 39

Learning Outcomes
Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ define probability, random variable, and probability distribution.
▪ understand the concept of Bayesian statistics.
▪ grasp the definition of joint and marginal distributions.
▪ calculate expectation values and higher moments.
▪ comprehend important inequality equations and limit theorems.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programs in the Business &
This module is similar to other modules in the Management field
field of Methods

www.iu.org
40 DLBDSSPDS01-01

Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics


Course Code: DLBDSSPDS01-01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Statistical description and analysis are the foundations for data-driven analysis and prediction
methods. This course introduces the fundamentals, beginning with a formal definition of
probabilities and introduction to the concepts underlying Bayesian statistics.Random variables
and probability density distributions are then discussed, as well as the concept of joint and
marginal distributions. The importance of various discrete and continuous distributions and
their applications is stressed.Characterizing distributions is an important aspect of describing
the behavior of probability distributions. Students are familiarized with expectation values,
variance, and covariance. The concepts of algebraic and central moments and moment-generating
functions complement the characterization of probability distributions.Finally, this course focuses
on important inequalities and limit theorems such as the law of large numbers or the central limit
theorem.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ define probability, random variable, and probability distribution.


▪ understand the concept of Bayesian statistics.
▪ grasp the definition of joint and marginal distributions.
▪ calculate expectation values and higher moments.
▪ comprehend important inequality equations and limit theorems.

Contents
1. Probability
1.1 Definitions
1.2 Independent events
1.3 Conditional probability
1.4 Bayesian statistics

2. Random Variables
2.1 Random Variables
2.2 Distribution functions and probability mass functions
2.3 Important discrete probability distributions
2.4 Important continous probability distributions

www.iu.org
DLBDSSPDS01-01 41

3. Joint Distributions
3.1 Joint distributions
3.2 Marginal distributions
3.3 Independent random variables
3.4 Conditional distributions

4. Expectation and Variance


4.1 Expectation of a random variable, conditional expectations
4.2 Variance and covariance
4.3 Expectations and variances of important probability distributions
4.4 Algebraic and central moments
4.5 Moment-generating functions

5. Inequalities and Limit Theorems


5.1 Probability inequalities
5.2 Inequalities for expectations
5.3 The law of large numbers
5.4 Central limit theorem

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Downey, A.B. (2014). Think stats (2nd ed.). O’Reilly.
▪ Rohatgi, V. K., & Saleh, A. K. E. (2015). An introduction to probability and statistics. John Wiley
& Sons, Incorporated.
▪ Wagaman, A.S & Dobrow, R.P. (2021). Probability: With applications and R. Wiley.
▪ Triola , M.F. (2013). Elementary statistics. Pearson Education.

www.iu.org
42 DLBDSSPDS01-01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Review Book
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio ☑ Online Tests
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSSPDS01-01 43

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Review Book
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio ☑ Online Tests
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
44 DLBDSEAIS1

Artificial Intelligence
Module Code: DLBDSEAIS1

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Kristina Schaaff (Artificial Intelligence)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Artificial Intelligence (DLBDSEAIS01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ chart the historical developments in artificial intelligence.
▪ understand the approach of contemporary AI systems.
▪ comprehend the concepts behind reinforcement learning.
▪ analyze natural language using basic NLP techniques.
▪ scrutinize images and their contents.

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAIS1 45

Learning Outcomes
Artificial Intelligence
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ chart the historical developments in artificial intelligence.
▪ understand the approach of contemporary AI systems.
▪ comprehend the concepts behind reinforcement learning.
▪ analyze natural language using basic NLP techniques.
▪ scrutinize images and their contents.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
field of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence field

www.iu.org
46 DLBDSEAIS01

Artificial Intelligence
Course Code: DLBDSEAIS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The quest for artificial intelligence (AI) has captured humanity’s interest for many decades and
has been an active research area since the 1960s. This course will give a detailed overview of
the historical developments, successes, and set-backs in AI, as well as modern approaches in the
development of artificial intelligence.This course gives an introduction to reinforcement learning,
a process similar to how humans and animals experience the world: exploring the environment
and inferring the best course of action.This course also covers the principles of natural language
processing and computer vision, both of which are key ingredients for an artificial intelligence to
be able to interact with its environment.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ chart the historical developments in artificial intelligence.


▪ understand the approach of contemporary AI systems.
▪ comprehend the concepts behind reinforcement learning.
▪ analyze natural language using basic NLP techniques.
▪ scrutinize images and their contents.

Contents
1. History of AI
1.1 Historical Developments
1.2 AI Winter
1.3 Expert Systems
1.4 Notable Advances

2. Modern AI Systems
2.1 Narrow versus General AI
2.2 Application Areas

3. Reinforcement Learning
3.1 What is Reinforcement Learning?
3.2 Markov Chains and Value Function

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAIS01 47

3.3 Time-Difference and Q Learning

4. Natural Language Processing (NLP)


4.1 Introduction to NLP and Application Areas
4.2 Basic NLP Techniques
4.3 Vectorizing Data

5. Computer Vision
5.1 Introduction to Computer Vision
5.2 Image Representation and Geometry
5.3 Feature Detection
5.4 Semantic Segmentation

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bear, F., Barry, W., & Paradiso, M. (2020). Neuroscience: Exploring the brain (4th ed.). Lippincott
Williams & Wilkins.
▪ Chollet, F. (2018). Deep learning with Python. Manning.
▪ Geron, A. (2017). Hands-on machine learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow. O’Reilly.
▪ Géron, A. (2019). Hands-on machine learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras, and TensorFlow:
Concepts, tools, and techniques to build intelligent systems (2nd ed.). O’Reilly.
▪ Goodfellow, I., Bengio, Y., & Courville, A. (2016). Deep learning. MIT Press.
▪ Grus, J. (2019). Data science from scratch: First principles with Python. O’Reilly.
▪ Jurafsky, D., & Martin, J. H. (2022). Speech and language processing (3rd ed.). Prentice Hall.
▪ Russell, S. J., & Norvig, P. (2022). Artificial Intelligence: A modern approach (4th ed., global ed.).
Pearson.
▪ Sutton, R. S., & Barto, A. G. (2018). Reinforcement learning: An introduction (2nd ed.). MIT
Press. (Adaptive Computation and Machine Learning series).
▪ Szeliski, R. (2022). Computer vision: Algorithms and applications (2nd ed.). Springer. (Texts in
Computer Science series).

www.iu.org
48 DLBDSEAIS01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAIS01 49

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
2. Semester
DLBDSOOFPP 51

Object Oriented and Functional Programming with


Python
Module Code: DLBDSOOFPP

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimaldauer: WiSe/SoSe
1 Semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Max Pumperla (Object Oriented and Functional Programming in Python)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Object Oriented and Functional Programming in Python (DLBDSOOFPP01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: Distance Learning
Portfolio
Study Format: myStudies
Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
This course introduces the students to the advanced programming concepts of object orientation
and functional programming and how they are realized in the Python programming language.

www.iu.org
52 DLBDSOOFPP

Learning Outcomes
Object Oriented and Functional Programming in Python
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain basic notions in object-oriented programming such as functions and classes.
▪ understand object-oriented programming concepts and their relation to software design and
engineering.
▪ describe advanced function concepts in Python.
▪ recognize important ideas from functional programming.
▪ recall important libraries for functional programming in Python.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
field of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence field

www.iu.org
DLBDSOOFPP01 53

Object Oriented and Functional Programming in


Python
Course Code: DLBDSOOFPP01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course builds upon basic knowledge of Python programming (Introduction to Programming
with Python, DLBDSIPWP) and is concerned with the exposition of advanced Python programming
concepts. To this end, important notions of object-oriented programming like classes and objects
and pertaining design principles are outlined. Starting from an in-depth discussion of advanced
features of Python functions, functional programming concepts and their implementation in
Python are conveyed.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain basic notions in object-oriented programming such as functions and classes.


▪ understand object-oriented programming concepts and their relation to software design and
engineering.
▪ describe advanced function concepts in Python.
▪ recognize important ideas from functional programming.
▪ recall important libraries for functional programming in Python.

Contents
▪ This course provides students with a thorough introduction to important notions and
concepts from the domain of object-oriented programming such as classes, objects,
abstraction, encapsulation, inheritance, polymorphism, composition, and delegation.
Additionally, the functional programming paradigm and pertaining ideas like functions as
first class objects, decorators, pure functions, immutability and higher order functions are
conveyed. Pursuant to the portfolio course type, the aforementioned concepts and ideas are
explored by hands-on programming projects.

www.iu.org
54 DLBDSOOFPP01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Lott, S. F. (2018): Functional Python programming: Discover the power of functional
programming, generator functions, lazy evaluation, the built-in itertools library, and monads.
2nd ed., Packt Publishing, Birmingham.
▪ Lutz, M. (2013): Learning Python. 5th ed., O'Reilly.
▪ Phillips, D. (2018): Python 3 object-oriented programming: Build robust and maintainable
software with object-oriented design patterns in Python 3.8. 3rd ed., Packt Publishing.
▪ Ramalho, L. (2015): Fluent Python: Clear, concise, and effective programming. O'Reilly.

www.iu.org
DLBDSOOFPP01 55

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
56 DLBDSOOFPP01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBDSMFLA 57

Mathematics: Linear Algebra


Module Code: DLBDSMFLA

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Robert Graf (Mathematics: Linear Algebra)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Mathematics: Linear Algebra (DLBDSMFLA01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Matrix Algebra
▪ Vector Spaces
▪ Linear and Affine Transformations
▪ Analytical Geometry
▪ Matrix Decomposition

www.iu.org
58 DLBDSMFLA

Learning Outcomes
Mathematics: Linear Algebra
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain fundamental notions in the domain of linear equation systems.
▪ exemplify properties of vectors and vector spaces.
▪ summarize characteristics of linear and affine mappings.
▪ identify important relations in analytical geometry.
▪ utilize different methods for matrix decomposition.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programs in the Business &
This module is similar to other modules in the Management field
field of Methods

www.iu.org
DLBDSMFLA01 59

Mathematics: Linear Algebra


Course Code: DLBDSMFLA01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Linear algebra is a fundamental subject in mathematics. Its historical origin lies in the
development of solution techniques for systems of linear equations arising from geometric
problems. Numerous scientific and engineering applications can be solved using its methods.
This course introduces the foundations of linear algebra and its basic notions like vectors and
matrices. It then builds upon this foundation by introducing the derivation of solution techniques
for problems in analytical geometry.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain fundamental notions in the domain of linear equation systems.


▪ exemplify properties of vectors and vector spaces.
▪ summarize characteristics of linear and affine mappings.
▪ identify important relations in analytical geometry.
▪ utilize different methods for matrix decomposition.

Contents
1. Foundations
1.1 Systems of Linear Equations
1.2 Matrices: Basic Terms
1.3 Matrix algebra
1.4 Matrices as compact representations of linear equations
1.5 Inverse and trace

2. Vector Spaces
2.1 Definition
2.2 Linear Combination and Linear Dependance
2.3 Basis, Linear Envelope, and Rank

3. Linear and Affine Mapping


3.1 Matrix Representation of Linear Mappings
3.2 Image and Kernel

www.iu.org
60 DLBDSMFLA01

3.3 Affine Spaces and Subspaces


3.4 Affine Mapping

4. Analytical Geometry
4.1 Norm
4.2 Scalar Product
4.3 Orthogonal Projections
4.4 Outlook: Complex Numbers

5. Matrix Decomposition
5.1 Determinant
5.2 Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors
5.3 Cholesky Decomposition
5.4 Eigenvalue Decomposition and Diagonalisation
5.5 Singular Value Decomposition

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Aggarwal, C.C. (2020). Linear Algebra and Optimization for Machine Learning: A Textbook.
Springer.
▪ Mathai, A. M., & Haubold, H. J. (2017). Linear algebra, a course for physicists and engineers (1st
ed.) De Gruyter.
▪ Neri, F. (2019). Linear algebra for computational sciences and engineering (2nd ed.) Springer.

www.iu.org
DLBDSMFLA01 61

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Review Book
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio ☑ Online Tests
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
62 DLBDSMFLA01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Review Book
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio ☑ Online Tests
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBCSIDM 63

Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making


Module Code: DLBCSIDM

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Zeljko Sevic (Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making (DLBCSIDM01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: myStudies
Written Assessment: Case Study
Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Case Study

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Basics of Intercultural Competence
▪ Cultural Concepts
▪ Culture and Ethics
▪ Implications of Current Ethical Problems in the Area of Interculturality, Ethics, and Diversity
▪ Intercultural Learning and Working
▪ Case Studies for Cultural and Ethical Conflicts

www.iu.org
64 DLBCSIDM

Learning Outcomes
Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the most important terms in the areas of interculturality, diversity, and ethics.
▪ distinguish different explanatory patterns of culture.
▪ understand culture at different levels.
▪ plan processes of intercultural learning and working.
▪ understand the interdependencies of culture and ethics.
▪ independently work on a case study on intercultural competence.

Links to other Modules within the Study Program Links to other Study Programs of the
University
This module is similar to other modules in the field
of Business Administration & Management All Bachelor Programs in the Business field

www.iu.org
DLBCSIDM01 65

Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making


Course Code: DLBCSIDM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
In this course, students acquire the necessary knowledge to understand intercultural
competencies and current developments in the fields of diversity and ethics. Students will
understand how to systematically plan and implement learning processes for the development of
competences important in these areas. First, important terms are clarified and differentiated from
each other, and cultural aspects are explained from different perspectives. In addition, students
learn that cultural issues are relevant at different levels, for example, within a state, company, or
other group. In this context, students also recognize the connection between ethics and culture
with different interdependencies. On the basis of this knowledge, students are then familiarized
with the different possibilities and potentials of intercultural and ethical learning and working.
Practical cases are used to illustrate the importance of the relationships learned for today's
work context in many companies. The students then work on a case study in which the acquired
knowledge is systematically applied.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the most important terms in the areas of interculturality, diversity, and ethics.
▪ distinguish different explanatory patterns of culture.
▪ understand culture at different levels.
▪ plan processes of intercultural learning and working.
▪ understand the interdependencies of culture and ethics.
▪ independently work on a case study on intercultural competence.

Contents
1. Basics of Intercultural and Ethical Competence to Act
1.1 Subject Areas, Terms, and Definitions
1.2 Relevance of Intercultural and Ethical Action
1.3 Intercultural Action - Diversity, Globalization, Ethics

2. Cultural Concepts
2.1 Hofstedes Cultural Dimensions
2.2 Culture Differentiation According to Hall
2.3 Locus of Control Concept to Rotter

www.iu.org
66 DLBCSIDM01

3. Culture and Ethics


3.1 Ethics - Basic Terms and Concepts
3.2 Interdependence of Culture and Ethics
3.3 Ethical Concepts in Different Regions of the World

4. Current Topics in the Area of Interculturality, Ethics, and Diversity


4.1 Digital Ethics
4.2 Equality and Equal Opportunities
4.3 Social Diversity

5. Intercultural Learning and Working


5.1 Acculturation
5.2 Learning and Working in Intercultural Groups
5.3 Strategies for Dealing with Cultural Conflicts

6. Case Studies for Cultural and Ethical Conflicts


6.1 Case Study: Interculturality
6.2 Case Study: Diversity
6.3 Case Study: Interculturality and Ethics

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Al-Ali, E. & Masmoudi, M. (2023). Leadership and Workplace Culture in the Digital Era.
Business Science Reference.
▪ Barmeyer, C., Bausch, M., & Mayrhofer, U. (2021). Constructive Intercultural Management.
▪ Edward Elgar Publishing.Ýeon Rossouw, & Leon van Vuuren. (2017). Business Ethics 6e: Vol. 6th
edition. Oxford University Press Southern Africa.
▪ Nelly Berrones-Flemmig, Francoise Contreras, & Utz Dornberger. (2022). Business in the 21st
Century : A Sustainable Approach: Vol. First edition. Emerald Publishing Limited.

www.iu.org
DLBCSIDM01 67

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Case Study

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
110 h 0h 20 h 0h 150 h
20 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Online Tests
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Guideline
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
68 DLBCSIDM01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Case Study

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
110 h 0h 20 h 0h 150 h
20 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Online Tests
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Guideline
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBDSSIS 69

Statistics - Inferential Statistics


Module Code: DLBDSSIS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum DLBDSSPDS01-01 BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Hashem Zarafat (Statistics - Inferential Statistics)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Statistics - Inferential Statistics (DLBDSSIS01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Point estimation
▪ Uncertainties
▪ Bayesian inference & non-parametric techniques
▪ Statistical testing
▪ Statistical decision theory

www.iu.org
70 DLBDSSIS

Learning Outcomes
Statistics - Inferential Statistics
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand point estimation methods.
▪ apply maximum likelihood and ordinary least squares method to estimate parameters.
▪ comprehend the concept of statistical and systematic errors.
▪ employ error propagation methods.
▪ utilize Bayesian inference and non-parametric techniques.
▪ evaluate statistical tests.
▪ grasp the fundamentals of statistical decision theory.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programs in the Business &
This module is similar to other modules in the Management field
field of Methods

www.iu.org
DLBDSSIS01 71

Statistics - Inferential Statistics


Course Code: DLBDSSIS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSSPDS01-01
English

Course Description
Statistical analysis and understanding are the foundations of data-driven methods and
machine learning approaches.This course gives a thorough introduction to point estimators and
discusses various techniques to estimate and optimize parameters. Special focus is given to
a detailed discussion of both statistical and systematic uncertainties as well as propagation
of uncertainties.Bayesian statistics is fundamental to data-driven approaches, and this course
takes a close look at Bayesian techniques such as Bayesian parameter estimation and prior
probability functions.Furthermore, this course gives an in-depth overview of statistical testing
and decision theory, focusing on aspects such as A/B testing, hypothesis testing, p-values, and
multiple testing which are fundamental to statistical analysis approaches in a broad range of
practical applications.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand point estimation methods.


▪ apply maximum likelihood and ordinary least squares method to estimate parameters.
▪ comprehend the concept of statistical and systematic errors.
▪ employ error propagation methods.
▪ utilize Bayesian inference and non-parametric techniques.
▪ evaluate statistical tests.
▪ grasp the fundamentals of statistical decision theory.

Contents
1. Point Estimation
1.1 Method of moments
1.2 Sufficient statistics
1.3 Maximum likelihood
1.4 Ordinary least squares
1.5 Resampling techniques

2. Uncertainties
2.1 Statistical and systematic uncertainties
2.2 Propagation of uncertainties

www.iu.org
72 DLBDSSIS01

3. Bayesian Inference & Non-parametric Techniques


3.1 Bayesian parameter estimation
3.2 Prior probability functions
3.3 Parzen windows
3.4 K-nearest-neighbours

4. Statistical Testing
4.1 A/B testing
4.2 Hypothesis tests & test statistics
4.3 P-values & confidence intervals
4.4 Multiple testing

5. Statistical Decision Theory


5.1 The risk function
5.2 Maximum likelihood, Minimax, and Bayes
5.3 Admissibility and Stein's paradox

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Hogg, R. V., McKean, J., & Craig, A. T. (2020). Introduction to mathematical statistics, global
edition. Pearson.
▪ Gutman, Alex J., Goldmeier, Jordan. (2021). Becoming a Data Head – How to Think, Speak, and
Understand Data Science, Statistics, and Machine Learning. John Wiley & Sons.
▪ Borek Puza. (2015). Bayesian Methods for Statistical Analysis. ANU eView.

www.iu.org
DLBDSSIS01 73

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Review Book
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio ☑ Online Tests
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
74 DLBDSSIS01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Review Book
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio ☑ Online Tests
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSCC 75

Cloud Computing
Module Code: DLBDSCC

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Tianxiang Lu (Cloud Computing)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Cloud Computing (DLBDSCC01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Cloud computing fundamentals
▪ Relevant enabling technologies for cloud computing
▪ Introduction to serverless computing
▪ Established cloud platforms
▪ Cloud offerings for data science and analytics

www.iu.org
76 DLBDSCC

Learning Outcomes
Cloud Computing
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the fundamentals of cloud computing and cloud service models.
▪ recognize enabling technologies that underlie current cloud offerings.
▪ cite the principles of serverless computing.
▪ analyze characteristics of established cloud offerings.
▪ describe cloud options for data science and machine learning

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence field

www.iu.org
DLBDSCC01 77

Cloud Computing
Course Code: DLBDSCC01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Many of the recent advances in data science, particularly machine learning and artificial
intelligence, rely on comprehensive data storage and computing power. Cloud computing is
one way of providing that power in a scalable way, without considerable upfront investment
in hardware and software resources. This course introduces the area of cloud computing
together with its enabling technologies. Moreover, the most cutting-edge advances like serverless
computing and storage are illustrated. Finally, a thorough overview on popular cloud offerings,
especially in regard to analytics capabilities, is given.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the fundamentals of cloud computing and cloud service models.


▪ recognize enabling technologies that underlie current cloud offerings.
▪ cite the principles of serverless computing.
▪ analyze characteristics of established cloud offerings.
▪ describe cloud options for data science and machine learning

Contents
1. Introduction to Cloud Computing
1.1 Fundamentals of Cloud computing
1.2 Cloud Service Models
1.3 Benefits and Risks

2. Enabling Technology
2.1 Virtualization and Containerization
2.2 Storage Technology
2.3 Networks and RESTful Services

3. Serverless Computing
3.1 Introduction to Serverless Computing
3.2 Benefits
3.3 Limitations

www.iu.org
78 DLBDSCC01

4. Established Cloud Platforms


4.1 General Overview
4.2 Google Cloud Platform
4.3 Amazon Web Services
4.4 Microsoft Azure
4.5 Platform Comparison

5. Data Science in the Cloud


5.1 Provider-independent services and tools
5.2 Google Data Science and Machine Learning Services
5.3 Amazon Web Services Data Science and Machine Learning Services
5.4 Microsoft Azure Data Science and Machine Learning Services

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Goessling, S., & Jackson, K. L. (2018). Architecting cloud computing solutions. Birmingham:
Packt Publishing.
▪ Mahmood, Z., Puttini, R., & Erl, T. (2013). Cloud computing: Concepts, technology &
architecture. Boston, MA: Prentice Hall.
▪ Sehgal, N. K., & Bhatt, P. C. P. (2023). Cloud Computing with Security and Scalability: Concepts
and Practices.
▪ Zonooz, P. Farr, E., Arora, K., & Laszewski, T. (2018). Cloud native architectures. Birmingham:
Packt Publishing.

www.iu.org
DLBDSCC01 79

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
80 DLBDSCC01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBSEPCP_E 81

Cloud Programming
Module Code: DLBSEPCP_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum None BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Georgi Dimchev (Cloud Programming)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Cloud Programming (DLBSEPCP01_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: Distance Learning
Portfolio
Study Format: myStudies
Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
The students employ and polish their knowledge of distributed computer systems so as to be
able to plan, create, test, and document a scalable service deployed in the cloud. The module
is focused on a practical realization and its documentation: Through the testable deployment,
students guarantee that their project can be realized and has requirements of a cloud system,
through the documentation, the student demonstrates the qualities of the realization and of its
creation process.

www.iu.org
82 DLBSEPCP_E

Learning Outcomes
Cloud Programming
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ associate characteristics of a cloud infrastructure as discussed in business with concrete
implications for the machines deployed in the cloud.
▪ create a plan for a chosen cloud infrastructure provider and measure the achievement of
this plan.
▪ specify by means of scripts, programs, documented web-platform usage, how the elements
of a cloud service are created and measured.
▪ describe the risks, the protection measures, and the reaction measures of a cloud-service.
▪ demonstrate a running cloud-service created by the student and allow it to be tested in all
its possible usage dimensions.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
the field of Computer Science & Software field
Development

www.iu.org
DLBSEPCP01_E 83

Cloud Programming
Course Code: DLBSEPCP01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 None
English

Course Description
The usage of commodity computing in the form of a service offered over a network interface is a
major technical aspect of services made by IT organizations: The services function within a server
environment and the ubiquity of the network make the service reachable from everywhere with
high availability guarantees and flexible scalability. The course aims at a documented realization
of a cloud service which displays all the attributes of a cloud service. In doing so the students
employ and deepen their knowledge of distributed computer systems so as to be able to plan,
create, deploy, test, measure, and document a scalable service in the cloud.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ associate characteristics of a cloud infrastructure as discussed in business with concrete


implications for the machines deployed in the cloud.
▪ create a plan for a chosen cloud infrastructure provider and measure the achievement of
this plan.
▪ specify by means of scripts, programs, documented web-platform usage, how the elements
of a cloud service are created and measured.
▪ describe the risks, the protection measures, and the reaction measures of a cloud-service.
▪ demonstrate a running cloud-service created by the student and allow it to be tested in all
its possible usage dimensions.

Contents
▪ In this course, students create a cloud service which demonstrates the core aspects of cloud
service programming by an explicit documentation and by a measurable concrete realization.
To do so, they choose a PaaS cloud service hoster, set-up a service, describe its interfaces
(API) and how the core characteristics of cloud services are achieved:
▪ Horizontal or vertical scalability: How the service can be enlarged or diminished in its
usage of resources in order to react to variation to the demand.
▪ High-availability: What guarantees a failover in case a component of the service is
made inoperable and what kind of degradation can happen.
▪ Measurability: How the usage of resources is measured and how these measures can
allow a proactive planning.
▪ Orchestration and provisioning: How the service is deployed and changes in its
resources allocations are performed as needed by the usage of the service.

www.iu.org
84 DLBSEPCP01_E

The cloud service should be testable and demonstratable by external users; a plan how to
test it should be part of the documentation including the dimensions of the usage as well
as the API definitions of the service. The service should fulfill a recognizable business need
and be documented by an API definition and a user-interface for its usage runnable on
any platform that has access to the internet. Being a service on the internet, its security
restrictions should be accessible and understandable. Based on these ingredients, the
students realize a work in the form of software artifacts in a versioning system and a
human readable documentation of the realization and its process. The realization and its
documentation should follow current trends in cloud engineering.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Johnston, C., Advanced Platform Development with Kubernetes. Springer,
https://doi-org.pxz.iubh.de:8443/10.1007/978-1-4842-5611-4
▪ Jonas, E., Schleier-Smith, J., Sreekanti , V., Tsai, C.-c., Khandelwal ,A., Pu, Q., Shankar, V., Carreira,
J., Krauth, K., Jayant Yadwadkar, N., Gonzalez, J., Popa, R.A., Stoica, I., Patterson, D.: Cloud
Programming Simplified: A Berkeley View on Serverless Computing. CoRR abs/1902.03383
(2019)
https://arxiv.org/abs/1902.03383
▪ Talia, D., A view of programming scalable data analysis: from clouds to exascale, Journal of
Cloud Computing: Advances, Systems and Applications (2019-02-01).
https://doi.org/10.1186/s13677-019-0127-x
▪ Ponelat, J.S., Rosenstock, L.L., Designing APIs with Swagger and OpenAPI, Manning
Publications, ISBN 9781617296284,
https://www.manning.com/books/designing-apis-with-swagger-and-openapi

www.iu.org
DLBSEPCP01_E 85

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
86 DLBSEPCP01_E

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
3. Semester
88 DLBDSMLSL

Machine Learning - Supervised Learning


Module Code: DLBDSMLSL

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum DLBDSMFC01, BA 5 150 h
DLBDSMFLA01,
DLBDSSPDS01-01,
DLBDSSIS01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Christian Müller-Kett (Machine Learning - Supervised Learning)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Machine Learning - Supervised Learning (DLBDSMLSL01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBDSMLSL 89

Module Contents
▪ Types of machine learning
▪ Classification
▪ Regression
▪ Support vector machines
▪ Decision trees

Learning Outcomes
Machine Learning - Supervised Learning
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ remember central notions and paradigms of machine learning.
▪ describe the key ideas of regression and pertaining regularization methods.
▪ know basic classification techniques.
▪ explain tree structured machine learning models.
▪ understand support vector machines and the related kernel approach.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
field of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence field

www.iu.org
90 DLBDSMLSL01

Machine Learning - Supervised Learning


Course Code: DLBDSMLSL01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSMFC01,
English DLBDSMFLA01,
DLBDSSPDS01-01,
DLBDSSIS01

Course Description
This course provides a first introduction to the field of machine learning with a focus on
supervised learning (i.e., learning from labeled data), where the most commonly used models in
regression and classification are being introduced. Moreover, the course provides an introduction
to the concepts of large margin classifiers and tree structured models.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ remember central notions and paradigms of machine learning.


▪ describe the key ideas of regression and pertaining regularization methods.
▪ know basic classification techniques.
▪ explain tree structured machine learning models.
▪ understand support vector machines and the related kernel approach.

Contents
1. Introduction to Machine Learning
1.1 Pattern recognition systems
1.2 The machine learning design cycle
1.3 Technical notions of learning and adaptation
1.4 Under- and overfitting

2. Regression
2.1 Linear regression
2.2 Lasso- and ridge Regularization
2.3 Generalized linear models
2.4 Logistic regression

3. Basic Classification Techniques


3.1 K-nearest neighbour
3.2 Naive Bayes

www.iu.org
DLBDSMLSL01 91

4. Support Vector Machines


4.1 Large margin classification
4.2 The kernel trick

5. Decision & Regression Trees


5.1 Decision & regression trees
5.2 Random forest
5.3 Gradient boosting

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bishop, C. M. (2006). Pattern recognition and machine learning. Springer.
▪ Grus, J. (2019). Data science from scratch: First principles with Python (2nd ed.). O’Reilly.
▪ Mitchell, T. M. (1997). Machine learning. McGraw-Hill.

www.iu.org
92 DLBDSMLSL01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSMLSL01 93

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
94 DLBDSMLUSL

Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Fea-


ture Engineering
Module Code: DLBDSMLUSL

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum DLBDSMFC01, BA 5 150 h
DLBDSMFLA01,
DLBDSSPDS01-01,
DLBDSSIS01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Christian Müller-Kett (Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Feature Engineering)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Feature Engineering (DLBDSMLUSL01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Case Study
Study Format: myStudies
Written Assessment: Case Study

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBDSMLUSL 95

Module Contents
▪ Unsupervised machine learning
▪ Clustering
▪ Dimensionality reduction
▪ Manifold learning
▪ Feature engineering
▪ Feature selection
▪ Automation of feature generation and selection

Learning Outcomes
Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Feature Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the notions of unsupervised learning and feature selection.
▪ recall commonly-applied clustering models.
▪ understand the concept and utility of dimensionality reduction and manifold learning.
▪ describe effective approaches to feature engineering.
▪ discuss the methods of automatic feature generation and selection.
▪ reflect on societal and sustainability implications of applying the learned skills to different
use cases including ethical questions.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
field of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence field

www.iu.org
96 DLBDSMLUSL01

Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Fea-


ture Engineering
Course Code: DLBDSMLUSL01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSMFC01,
English DLBDSMFLA01,
DLBDSSPDS01-01,
DLBDSSIS01

Course Description
This course is concerned with the tools and techniques for unsupervised learning and feature
engineering. Unsupervised learning denotes machine learning approaches that can be applied
without label information. As such, the aim is to extract patterns or statistical regularities in
data, and finding good features is key for the successful application of machine learning models.
Therefore, having a solid set of approaches and tools for this task is of crucial importance for any
data scientist. This course introduces the most relevant methods and shows how unsupervised
learning techniques can be utilized to find robust and meaningful features. By doing so, concepts
and techniques are demonstrated by tangible examples which reflect usage of these techniques to
generate added value for the society as a whole as opposed to ethical questionable use cases.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the notions of unsupervised learning and feature selection.


▪ recall commonly-applied clustering models.
▪ understand the concept and utility of dimensionality reduction and manifold learning.
▪ describe effective approaches to feature engineering.
▪ discuss the methods of automatic feature generation and selection.
▪ reflect on societal and sustainability implications of applying the learned skills to different
use cases including ethical questions.

Contents
1. Introduction to Unsupervised Machine Learning and Feature Engineering
1.1 Unsupervised machine learning
1.2 Feature engineering

2. Clustering
2.1 K-Means
2.2 Gaussian mixture model clustering
2.3 Hierarchical clustering

www.iu.org
DLBDSMLUSL01 97

3. Dimensionality Reduction
3.1 Principal component analysis
3.2 Multi-dimensional scaling
3.3 Locally linear embedding

4. Feature Engineering
4.1 Numerical features
4.2 Categorial features
4.3 Text features

5. Feature Selection
5.1 Feature importance
5.2 Feature variance
5.3 Correlation matrix
5.4 Recursive feature selection

6. Automated Feature Generation


6.1 Automated feature generation
6.2 Feature engineering versus deep learning

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bonaccorso, G. (2019). Hands-on unsupervised learning with Python: Implement machine
learning and deep learning models using Scikit-Learn, TensorFlow, and more. Packt
Publishing Ltd.
▪ Celebi, M. E., & Aydin, K. (Eds.). (2016). Unsupervised learning algorithms. Springer
International Publishing.
▪ Kane, F. (2017). Hands-on data science and Python machine learning. Packt Publishing Ltd.
▪ Patel, A. A. (2019). Hands-on unsupervised learning using Python: How to build applied
machine learning solutions from unlabeled data. O’Reilly Media.

www.iu.org
98 DLBDSMLUSL01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Case Study

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
110 h 0h 20 h 0h 150 h
20 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Online Tests
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSMLUSL01 99

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Case Study

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
110 h 0h 20 h 0h 150 h
20 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Online Tests
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
100 DLBDSNNDL

Neural Nets and Deep Learning


Module Code: DLBDSNNDL

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum DLBDSMLSL01, BA 5 150 h
DLBDSMLUSL01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Bertram Taetz (Neural Nets and Deep Learning)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Neural Nets and Deep Learning (DLBDSNNDL01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: Distance Learning
Oral Assignment
Study Format: myStudies
Oral Assignment

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Introduction to neural networks
▪ Feed-forward networks
▪ Avoiding overtraining
▪ Convolutional neural networks
▪ Recurrent neural networks

www.iu.org
DLBDSNNDL 101

Learning Outcomes
Neural Nets and Deep Learning
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the fundamental building blocks of neural networks.
▪ identify different network training approaches.
▪ create feed-forward neural networks.
▪ analyze network training and how to avoid overtraining.
▪ apply advanced network concepts to create convolutional and recurrent neural networks.
▪ reason about the influence of model design and data selection on model outcomes in terms
of social and personal equity.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
102 DLBDSNNDL01

Neural Nets and Deep Learning


Course Code: DLBDSNNDL01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSMLSL01,
English DLBDSMLUSL01

Course Description
Neural networks and deep learning approaches have revolutionized the fields of data science and
artificial intelligence in recent years, and applications built on these techniques have reached
or surpassed human performance in many specialized applications.After a short review of the
origins of neural networks and deep learning, this course discusses in detail how feed-forward
networks are set up and trained. Special focus is given on how to avoid overtraining in neural
networks.In addition to feed-forward neural networks, this course covers additional common
network architectures such as convolutional and recurrent neural networks. Moreover, by means of
the accompanying video material and online tutorial support the impact of design choices and the
data collection process on questions of algorithmic fairness both in terms of its individual as well
as its societal dimension will be discussed.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the fundamental building blocks of neural networks.


▪ identify different network training approaches.
▪ create feed-forward neural networks.
▪ analyze network training and how to avoid overtraining.
▪ apply advanced network concepts to create convolutional and recurrent neural networks.
▪ reason about the influence of model design and data selection on model outcomes in terms
of social and personal equity.

Contents
1. Introduction to Neural Networks
1.1 The biological brain
1.2 Building blocks of neural networks
1.3 Deep versus shallow networks
1.4 Supervised learning
1.5 Reinforcement learning

2. Feed-forward Networks
2.1 Architecture and weight initialization
2.2 Cost functions

www.iu.org
DLBDSNNDL01 103

2.3 Backpropagation and gradient descent


2.4 Batch normalization

3. Overtraining Avoidance
3.1 What is overtraining?
3.2 Early stopping
3.3 L1 and L2 regularization
3.4 Dropout
3.5 Weight pruning

4. Convolutional Neural Networks


4.1 Motivation and applications
4.2 Convolution and image filtering
4.3 CNN architecture
4.4 Popular convolutional networks

5. Recurrent Neural Networks


5.1 Recurrent neurons
5.2 Memory cells
5.3 LSTMs
5.4 Training RNNs: Unrolling through time

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Aggarwal, C. C. (2018). Neural networks and deep learning: A textbook. Springer.
▪ Chollet, F. (2017). Deep learning with Python. Manning Publications.
▪ Géron, A. (2019). Hands-on machine learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras and TensorFlow:
Concepts, tools, and techniques to build intelligent systems (2nd ed.). O’Reilly.

www.iu.org
104 DLBDSNNDL01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Oral Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
110 h 0h 20 h 0h 150 h
20 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Online Tests
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Guideline
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSNNDL01 105

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Oral Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
110 h 0h 20 h 0h 150 h
20 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Online Tests
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Guideline
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
106 DLBAIICV

Introduction to Computer Vision


Module Code: DLBAIICV

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum None BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Armin Grasnick (Introduction to Computer Vision)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Introduction to Computer Vision (DLBAIICV01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Vision Fundamentals
▪ Image Filtering
▪ Low-Level Vision
▪ High-Level Vision
▪ Video

www.iu.org
DLBAIICV 107

Learning Outcomes
Introduction to Computer Vision
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ remember important facts about image acquisition both in humans as well as technical
systems.
▪ describe the importance of filtering in image processing and its practical application.
▪ know about the role and function of lower-level features such as edges or salient points in
vision processing.
▪ explain how Deep Learning methods are successfully applied in high-level vision tasks.
▪ understand the particularities of video processing and know how to solve common problems
related to the interpretation of video material.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
108 DLBAIICV01

Introduction to Computer Vision


Course Code: DLBAIICV01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 None
English

Course Description
This course aims at laying the foundation in the understanding of Computer Vision. To this end,
it starts with an introduction of the image acquisition process both from a biological as well
as a technical perspective. Building upon that, the importance of filtering in image processing
is explained and the necessary conceptual background is laid out. This enables the subsequent
presentation of how crucial low-level features are generated from the raw image material. From
there, the exposition moves on to describing current approaches to relevant high-level vision
problems such as object recognition or image classification. Finally, the processing of video
information is treated together with an exposition on modern approaches to solving salient
Computer Vision tasks in this setting.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ remember important facts about image acquisition both in humans as well as technical
systems.
▪ describe the importance of filtering in image processing and its practical application.
▪ know about the role and function of lower-level features such as edges or salient points in
vision processing.
▪ explain how Deep Learning methods are successfully applied in high-level vision tasks.
▪ understand the particularities of video processing and know how to solve common problems
related to the interpretation of video material.

Contents
1. Vision Fundamentals
1.1 The Human Visual System
1.2 Pinhole and Lens Cameras
1.3 Image Sensors

2. Image Filtering
2.1 Linear Shift Invariant Systems, Convolutions and the Point Spread Function
2.2 Fourier Transform and Spatial Frequency
2.3 Common Image Filters (Gaussian Smoothing, Median, Mode Filters, Rank Order)

www.iu.org
DLBAIICV01 109

3. Low-Level Vision
3.1 Blobs
3.2 Edges and Lines
3.3 Corners and Points of Interest

4. High Level Vision


4.1 Deep Learning
4.2 Image Classification
4.3 Semantic Segmentation
4.4 Object Recognition

5. Video
5.1 Fundamentals of Video Data, Motion and Optical Flow
5.2 Object Tracking
5.3 Action Classification

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Davies E. R. (2018). Computer Vision (5th ed.). Academic Press.
▪ Forsyth, D. & Ponce, J. (2011). Computer vision: A modern approach. Pearson.
▪ Szeliski R. (2022). Computer Vision - Algorithms and Applications (2nd ed.). Springer.

www.iu.org
110 DLBAIICV01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBAIICV01 111

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
112 DLBAIPCV

Project: Computer Vision


Module Code: DLBAIPCV

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum None BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Konstantinos Amplianitis (Project: Computer Vision)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Project: Computer Vision (DLBAIPCV01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: myStudies
Written Assessment: Project Report
Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
In this project course the students work out a practical implementation of a Computer Vision use
case.

www.iu.org
DLBAIPCV 113

Learning Outcomes
Project: Computer Vision
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ apply the concepts covered in the preceding AI and Computer Vision courses to build a
running Computer Vision system.
▪ explain the design choices made in the selection of the employed model or method and its
implementation.
▪ transfer acquired theoretical knowledge to real case studies.
▪ translate the learned theories into the practice of Computer Vision system building.
▪ critically evaluate the resulting model’s or system’s performance.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
114 DLBAIPCV01

Project: Computer Vision


Course Code: DLBAIPCV01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 None
English

Course Description
In the course “Project Computer Vision” students choose a project task from a selection of
options outlined in the pertaining project report guideline. The goal is to prototypically implement
a Computer Vision system in a suitable development environment using apposite tools and
code libraries. The choice of approach, the implemented system or software and the resulting
performance on the task are to be reasoned about, explained, and documented in a project
report. To this end, students make practical use of the methodological knowledge acquired in the
previous courses by applying them to relevant real-world problems.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ apply the concepts covered in the preceding AI and Computer Vision courses to build a
running Computer Vision system.
▪ explain the design choices made in the selection of the employed model or method and its
implementation.
▪ transfer acquired theoretical knowledge to real case studies.
▪ translate the learned theories into the practice of Computer Vision system building.
▪ critically evaluate the resulting model’s or system’s performance.

Contents
▪ In this project course the students work out a practical implementation of a Computer Vision
use case choosing from a selection given in the complementary project report guideline.
All relevant artifacts like use case evaluation, chosen implementation method, code, and
outcomes are to be documented in the form of a written project report.

www.iu.org
DLBAIPCV01 115

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Demmagd, K., Oliver, A., Oostendopr, N., Scott, K. (2012): Practical Computer Vision with
SimpleCV. O'Reilly Media Inc., Beijing, Cambridge, Farnham, Köln, Sabastopol, Tokyo.
▪ Solem, J.E. (2012): Programming Computer Vision with Python. O'Reilly Media Inc., Beijing,
Cambridge, Farnham, Köln, Sabastopol, Tokyo.
▪ Martinez, J. (2021): TensorFlow 2.0 Computer Vision Cookbook. Packt Publishing, Birmingham.
▪ Ranjan, S., and Senthamilarasu, S. (2020): Applied Deep Learning and Computer Vision for
Self-Driving Cars. Packt Publishing, Birmingham.

www.iu.org
116 DLBAIPCV01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Slides ☑ Guideline

www.iu.org
DLBAIPCV01 117

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Slides ☑ Guideline

www.iu.org
118 DLBAIIRL

Introduction to Reinforcement Learning


Module Code: DLBAIIRL

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum DLBDSNNDL01 BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Dr. Markus Pak (Introduction to Reinforcement Learning)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Introduction to Reinforcement Learning (DLBAIIRL01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Introduction to Reinforcement Learning
▪ Sequential Decision Process
▪ Dynamic Programming
▪ Temporal-Difference Learning
▪ Deep Reinforcement Learning

www.iu.org
DLBAIIRL 119

Learning Outcomes
Introduction to Reinforcement Learning
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ remember the concepts of reinforcement learning.
▪ understand sequential and Markov decision processes.
▪ apply Q-Learning methods to reinforcement learning problems.
▪ apply neural networks to deep reinforcement learning approaches.

Links to other Modules within the Study Program Links to other Study Programs of the
University
This module is similar to other modules in the
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
fields

www.iu.org
120 DLBAIIRL01

Introduction to Reinforcement Learning


Course Code: DLBAIIRL01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSNNDL01
English

Course Description
Reinforcement learning allows computers to derive problem-solving strategies without being
explicitly programmed for the specific task, similar to the way humans and animals learn.After
a general introduction to the field of reinforcement learning, the course discusses sequential
decision processes and dynamic programming in detail. These concepts are the foundation
upon which most of the theory of reinforcement learning is built and is crucial to the further
understanding of the topic.The course explains temporal-difference learning as a classical
reinforcement leaning technique and highlights two of the most important algorithms: Q-learning
and SARSA, as well as understanding the tradeoff between exploration and exploitation.
Afterwards, the course turns to modern reinforcement learning approaches with deep neural
networks, including a detailed discussion of how to optimize the training of deep reinforcement
learning techniques as well as discussing notable applications and examples.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ remember the concepts of reinforcement learning.


▪ understand sequential and Markov decision processes.
▪ apply Q-Learning methods to reinforcement learning problems.
▪ apply neural networks to deep reinforcement learning approaches.

Contents
1. Introduction to Reinforcement Learning
1.1 Objectives of Reinforcement Learning
1.2 Components of Reinforcement Learning Systems
1.3 Reinforcement Learning versus Supervised and Unsupervised Machine Learning

2. Sequential Decision Process


2.1 Introduction to Sequential Decision Processes
2.2 Observations, Cost and Rewards
2.3 Markov Decision Processes

3. Dynamic Programming
3.1 Policies and Actions

www.iu.org
DLBAIIRL01 121

3.2 Value Functions


3.3 Bellman’s Equation
3.4 Policy and Value Iteration

4. Reinforcement Learning Algorithms and their Properties


4.1 Temporal-Difference Learning and Q-Factors
4.2 Exploration versus Exploitation
4.3 On-Policy Learning: SARSA
4.4 Off-Policy Learning: Q-Learning

5. Deep Reinforcement Learning


5.1 Neural Networks in Q-Learning
5.2 Optimizing Deep Reinforcement Learning
5.3 Applications and Examples

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Sutton, R. S., & Barto, A. (1998). Reinforcement learning: An introduction (2nd ed.). MIT Press.
▪ Szepesvári, C. (2010). Algorithms for reinforcement learning. Morgan & Claypool.

www.iu.org
122 DLBAIIRL01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBAIIRL01 123

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
4. Semester
DLBAIINLP 125

Introduction to NLP
Module Code: DLBAIINLP

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Kristina Schaaff (Introduction to NLP)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Introduction to NLP (DLBAIINLP01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Introduction to NLP
▪ Important methods in NLP
▪ Relevant Applications in NLP
▪ Challenges in NLP

www.iu.org
126 DLBAIINLP

Learning Outcomes
Introduction to NLP
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ get a good overview of the topic NLP.
▪ name important challenges in NLP.
▪ apply common algorithms and methods to address NLP problems.
▪ understand common use-case scenarios in which NLP techniques are applied.
▪ analyze benefits and shortcomings of various NLP algorithms.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the field of IT &
field of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology

www.iu.org
DLBAIINLP01 127

Introduction to NLP
Course Code: DLBAIINLP01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
In this course, traditional and state-of-the-art approaches to Natural Language Processing will be
taught. To achieve this goal, techniques, challenges, and solution approaches are presented with a
comprehensive overview of related topics and techniques. Additionally, it will be shown how NLP
can be used successfully in different application scenarios - both theoretically and with practical
examples.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ get a good overview of the topic NLP.


▪ name important challenges in NLP.
▪ apply common algorithms and methods to address NLP problems.
▪ understand common use-case scenarios in which NLP techniques are applied.
▪ analyze benefits and shortcomings of various NLP algorithms.

Contents
1. Basic Terms and Concepts
1.1 What is NLP?
1.2 Syntax
1.3 Semantics
1.4 Prosodics
1.5 Grammar

2. Language and Speech


2.1 Human Vocal Apparatus
2.2 Speech Production
2.3 Phonetics

3. Challenges in NLP
3.1 Data for NLP
3.2 Evaluation of NLP Systems
3.3 Domain Challenges

www.iu.org
128 DLBAIINLP01

3.4 Multilingual Application

4. Techniques
4.1 Rules vs. Statistics
4.2 Regular Expressions
4.3 N-Grams
4.4 Vectorizing Data
4.5 NLP Models

5. Application Scenarios
5.1 Speech Recognition & Synthesis
5.2 Machine Translation
5.3 Information Extraction
5.4 Sentiment Analysis
5.5 Chatbot
5.6 NLP with Python

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bird S., Klein, E., & Loper, E. (2009): Natural language processing with Python. O’Reilly,
Sebastopol.
▪ Kamath , U., Liu, J., & Whitaker, J. (2019): Deep Learning for NLP and Speech
Recognition:Practical NLP, Speech, and Deep Learning using Python-based Open Source
Tools. Springer.
▪ Jurafsky, D., & Martin, J. H. (2020): Speech and language processing (3rd ed.). PrenticeHall, New
Jersey. https://web.stanford.edu/~jurafsky/slp3

www.iu.org
DLBAIINLP01 129

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
130 DLBAIINLP01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBAIPNLP 131

Project: NLP
Module Code: DLBAIPNLP

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimaldauer: WiSe/SoSe
1 Semester English

Module Coordinator
Dr. Anna Androvitsanea (Project: NLP)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Project: NLP (DLBAIPNLP01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Project Report
Study Format: myStudies
Written Assessment: Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
In this module students learn to put their theoretical knowledge in the field of NLP into practice.
In this process, students learn to proceed analytically in order to find the optimal solution for a
specific NLP task.

www.iu.org
132 DLBAIPNLP

Learning Outcomes
Project: NLP
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ apply knowledge of NLP methods to practical problems.
▪ evaluate and apply different methods, algorithms, and approaches to solve a given problem,
taking into account its constraints.
▪ recognize the benefits and shortcomings of options and decisions.
▪ implement real-world NLP applications.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
field of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence field

www.iu.org
DLBAIPNLP01 133

Project: NLP
Course Code: DLBAIPNLP01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course gives students the opportunity to apply their knowledge in NLP to a real
implementation task. This requires finding an appropriate solution for a given task and associated
constraints. Methodological and algorithmic choices must be appropriately evaluated to find
the optimal way. The investigated solution will be implemented as executable software which
promotes the students' programming skills.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ apply knowledge of NLP methods to practical problems.


▪ evaluate and apply different methods, algorithms, and approaches to solve a given problem,
taking into account its constraints.
▪ recognize the benefits and shortcomings of options and decisions.
▪ implement real-world NLP applications.

Contents
▪ In this course, students put into practice the NLP knowledge acquired in previous courses by
implementing a project of their choice.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bird S., Klein, E., & Loper, E. (2009): Natural language processing with Python. O’Reilly,
Sebastopol.
▪ Jurafsky, D., & Martin, J. H. (2020): Speech and language processing (3rd ed.). PrenticeHall,
New Jersey. https://web.stanford.edu/~jurafsky/slp3
▪ Kamath, U., Liu, J., & Whitaker, J. (2019): Deep Learning for NLP and Speech
Recognition: Practical NLP, Speech, and Deep Learning using Python-based Open Source
Tools. Springer.

www.iu.org
134 DLBAIPNLP01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Slides ☑ Guideline

www.iu.org
DLBAIPNLP01 135

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Slides ☑ Guideline

www.iu.org
136 DLBCSIDPITS

Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security


Module Code: DLBCSIDPITS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Ralf Kneuper (Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security (DLBCSIDPITS01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Fundamentals of IT Security
▪ Data Protection
▪ IT Security Management
▪ Network and Communication Security

www.iu.org
DLBCSIDPITS 137

Learning Outcomes
Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the terms and concepts of IT security and know the typical procedures and
techniques which exist in each area.
▪ cite the legal regulations on data protection and explain their implementation.
▪ discuss in-depth IT security management and suitable measures for implementation.
▪ use their overview knowledge of activities and strategies for IT security in software and
system development.

Links to other Modules within the Study Program Links to other Study Programs of the
University
This module is similar to other modules in
the field of Computer Science & Software All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
Development. field.

www.iu.org
138 DLBCSIDPITS01

Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security


Course Code: DLBCSIDPITS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
In this course, the students are familiarized with important concepts from the field of IT security.
Basic terms are introduced and discussed, and typical application fields, areas of IT security
application, and typical procedures and techniques are introduced and described.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the terms and concepts of IT security and know the typical procedures and
techniques which exist in each area.
▪ cite the legal regulations on data protection and explain their implementation.
▪ discuss in-depth IT security management and suitable measures for implementation.
▪ use their overview knowledge of activities and strategies for IT security in software and
system development.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of Data Protection and Cyber Security
1.1 Conceptual Bases, Protection Goals
1.2 Attacks and Threats
1.3 Security Strategy
1.4 Legal Regulations

2. Data Protection
2.1 Data Protection as a Personal Right
2.2 Basic Principles of Data Protection
2.3 EU General Data Protection Regulation
2.4 Further International Regulations on Data Protection
2.5 Cross-Border Data Flow
2.6 Data Protection in Everyday Life

3. Basic Functions of Cyber Security and Their Implementation


3.1 Identification and Authentication
3.2 Rights Management

www.iu.org
DLBCSIDPITS01 139

3.3 Rights Check


3.4 Preservation of Evidence

4. Cyber Security Management


4.1 Basic Concepts and Standards in Cyber Security Management
4.2 Series of Standards ISO 2700x

5. Cyber Security Management in Everyday Life


5.1 Password Management
5.2 Data Backup
5.3 Email Security
5.4 Protection Against Viruses and Other Malware
5.5 Protection Against Social Engineering Attacks

6. Network and Communication Security


6.1 Firewall Technology
6.2 Network Separation
6.3 Security in WLAN, Mobile Networks, Bluetooth, and NFC

7. Cyber Security in the Development of Software and Systems


7.1 Protection of the Development Environment
7.2 Secure Development
7.3 Common Criteria

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Arnold, R. (2017). Cybersecurity: A business solution. An executive perspective on managing
cyber risk. Threat Sketch.
▪ European Parliament and Council of the European Union. (2016). EU General Data Protection
Regulation (GDPR): Regulation 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the council of 27
April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal
data and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data
Protection Regulation). Official Journal of the European Union. Chapters 1—3 .
▪ Mattord, H., & Whitman, M. (2017). Management of information security. Cengage.

www.iu.org
140 DLBCSIDPITS01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBCSIDPITS01 141

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
142 DLBDSDSSE

Data Science Software Engineering


Module Code: DLBDSDSSE

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum DLBDSIPWP01 or BA 5 150 h
DLBDSIPWP01_D;
DLBDSOOFPP01 or IOBP01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Max Pumperla (Data Science Software Engineering)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Data Science Software Engineering (DLBDSDSSE01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: On Campus
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBDSDSSE 143

Module Contents
▪ Traditional project management
▪ Agile project management
▪ Testing
▪ Software development paradigms
▪ From model to production

Learning Outcomes
Data Science Software Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the concept of project management approaches.
▪ apply agile approaches in software development.
▪ create automated software tests.
▪ understand various software development paradigms.
▪ evaluate the necessary steps to bring models into a production environment.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
field of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology field

www.iu.org
144 DLBDSDSSE01

Data Science Software Engineering


Course Code: DLBDSDSSE01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSIPWP01 or
English DLBDSIPWP01_D;
DLBDSOOFPP01 or IOBP01

Course Description
A core part of data science is creating value from data. This means not only the creation
of sophisticated predictive models but also the development of these models according to
modern software development principles.This course gives a detailed overview of the relevant
methods and paradigms which data scientists need to know in order to develop enterprise-
grade models.This course discusses traditional and agile project management techniques,
highlighting both the Kanban and Scrum approaches. It explores relevant software development
paradigms such as test-driven development, pair programming, mob programming, and extreme
programming.Special focus is given to the topic of testing and the consideration of how to bring a
model into a production environment.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the concept of project management approaches.


▪ apply agile approaches in software development.
▪ create automated software tests.
▪ understand various software development paradigms.
▪ evaluate the necessary steps to bring models into a production environment.

Contents
1. Traditional Project Management
1.1 Requirements engineering
1.2 Waterfall model
1.3 Rational unified process

2. Agile Project Management


2.1 Criticism of the waterfall model
2.2 Introduction to SCRUM
2.3 Introduction to Kanban

3. Testing
3.1 Why testing?

www.iu.org
DLBDSDSSE01 145

3.2 Unit trests


3.3 Integration tests
3.4 Performance monitoring

4. Software Development Paradigms


4.1 Test-driven development (TDD)
4.2 Pair programming
4.3 Mob programming
4.4 Extreme programming

5. From Model to Production


5.1 Continuous delivery
5.2 Continuous integration
5.3 Building a scalable environment

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Brookshear, G., & Brylow, D. (2019). Computer science: An overview. Pearson Education.
▪ Stephens, R. (2015). Beginning software engineering. John Wiley & Sons.

www.iu.org
146 DLBDSDSSE01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSDSSE01 147

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
148 DLBDSDSSE01

Study Format On Campus

Study Format Course Type


On Campus Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support
☑ Course Feed
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBDSMTP 149

Project: From Model to Production


Module Code: DLBDSMTP

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum DLBDSDSSE01, BA 5 150 h
DLBDSIPWP01,
DLBDSOOFPP01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Frank Passing (Project: From Model to Production)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Project: From Model to Production (DLBDSMTP01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: myStudies
Oral Project Report
Study Format: Distance Learning
Oral Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
This course focuses on creating a setup which allows the integration of a predictive model into an
enterprise-grade application or service.

www.iu.org
150 DLBDSMTP

Learning Outcomes
Project: From Model to Production
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the challenges of integrating a predictive model into an application or service.
▪ evaluate the constraints a project imposes on the execution of a predictive model.
▪ analyze the requirements regarding data acquisition, storage, and processing.
▪ identify the necessary monitoring components required for reliable execution of the
predictive model.
▪ create and design a production environment for storing, accessing, and serving the predictive
model.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
DLBDSMTP01 151

Project: From Model to Production


Course Code: DLBDSMTP01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSDSSE01,
English DLBDSIPWP01,
DLBDSOOFPP01

Course Description
This project course will give students hands-on experience in the challenging task of bringing a
predictive model into a production environment. Students will need to consider practical aspects
such as data storage and processing, as well as constraints such as service availability and the
maximum amount of time a model is allowed to run due to external project requirements.Through
this course, students will obtain holistic overview of the integration of predictive models into
enterprise-grade applications or services.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the challenges of integrating a predictive model into an application or service.


▪ evaluate the constraints a project imposes on the execution of a predictive model.
▪ analyze the requirements regarding data acquisition, storage, and processing.
▪ identify the necessary monitoring components required for reliable execution of the
predictive model.
▪ create and design a production environment for storing, accessing, and serving the predictive
model.

Contents
▪ This project course focuses on practical aspects of ensuring that a predictive model can
run in a production environment. The students start with a chosen use case and model
and then evaluate the requirements which need to be fulfilled so that the model can be
used as part of an enterprise application or app. Students need to evaluate requirements
in terms of data storage, processing and throughput, and availability of the service, as well
as the persistency, serving, and versioning of the model itself. Monitoring the execution of
model predictions and raising alerts in cases of operational issues is a core part of building
a reliable model pipeline. All relevant artifacts and considerations are documented by the
students in a project report.

www.iu.org
152 DLBDSMTP01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Geron, A. (2017). Hands-on machine learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow. Sebastopol,
CA: O’Reilly Publishing.
▪ Karau, H., Konwinski, A., Wendell, A., & Zaharia, M. (2015). Learning spark: Lightning-fast data
analysis. Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly Publishing.
▪ Kleppmann, M. (2017). Designing data-intensive Aapplications: The big ideas behind reliable,
scalable, and maintainable systems. Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly Publishing.
▪ Kuhn, M., & Johnson, K. (2013). Applied predictive modeling. New York, NY: Springer.
▪ Maydanchik, A. (2007). Data quality assessment. Denville, NJ: Technics Publications.
▪ Müller, A., & Guido, S. (2016). Introduction to machine learning with Python: A guide for data
scientists. Boston, MA: O’Reilly.
▪ Narkhede, N., Shapira, G., & Palino, T. (2017). Kafka: The definitive guide: Real-time data and
stream processing at scale. Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly Publishing.
▪ Psaltis, A. (2017). Streaming data: Understanding the real-time pipeline. Shelter Island, NY:
Manning Publications.
▪ White, T. (2015). Hadoop: The definitive guide: Storage and analysis at Internet scale.
Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly Publishing.

www.iu.org
DLBDSMTP01 153

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Oral Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Slides ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint

www.iu.org
154 DLBDSMTP01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Oral Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Slides ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint

www.iu.org
DLBDSSECDS 155

Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science


Module Code: DLBDSSECDS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Tamir Libel (Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science (DLBDSSECDS01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: myStudies
Written Assessment: Research Essay
Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Research Essay

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
This course aims at creating an awareness of the ethical implications of data science techniques
and methodologies. To this end, students will be given the opportunity to acquaint themselves
with current literature on the topic and explore the pertinent lines of thinking.

www.iu.org
156 DLBDSSECDS

Learning Outcomes
Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ contemplate ethical considerations in the field of data science.
▪ descibe how the application of data science methodology may have adverse ethical effects.
▪ reason about the ethical impacts of data science, both on a personal level and for society at
large.
▪ explain how existing biases and inequalities could be amplified by technology.
▪ treat in a scientific manner a selected topic in the form of a written essay.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
DLBDSSECDS01 157

Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science


Course Code: DLBDSSECDS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Online trade, social media, media delivery, mass consumption, customer relationship
management, hiring decisions, and more: There are hardly any aspects of contemporary life that
are not affected by the application of data science methodologies and techniques. Thus, it is of
central importance to gain an awareness of these implications and a thorough understanding of
the ethical issues in question in order to be an informed practitioner in this field.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ contemplate ethical considerations in the field of data science.


▪ descibe how the application of data science methodology may have adverse ethical effects.
▪ reason about the ethical impacts of data science, both on a personal level and for society at
large.
▪ explain how existing biases and inequalities could be amplified by technology.
▪ treat in a scientific manner a selected topic in the form of a written essay.

Contents
▪ This seminar covers ethical implications of the use of data science methods and techniques.
Each participant is expected to write a paper on an assigned topic.

www.iu.org
158 DLBDSSECDS01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Association for Computing Machinery (ACM) (2018).ACM Code of Ethics and Professional
Conduct. Retrieved from https://www.acm.org/code-of-ethics.
▪ Baer, T. (2019). Understand, Manage, and Prevent Algorithmic Bias. A Guide for Business Users
and Data Scientists. Apress.
▪ Bloom, P. (2019). Monitored. Business and surveillance in a time of big data. Pluto Press;
Knowledge Unlatched.
▪ Garzcarek, U. & Steuer, D. (2019). Approaching Ethical Guidelines for Data Scientists.
In Bauer,N., Ickstadt, K., Lübke, K.,Szepannek,G., Trautmann, H.&Vichi, M.(Eds.): Applications
in statistical computing. From music data analysis to industrial quality improvement(pp.151–
169). Springer.
▪ O'Neil, C. (2017). Weapons of math destruction: How big data increases inequality and
threatens democracy. Broadway Books.
▪ O'Neil, C. (2017). Weapons of math destruction: How big data increases inequality and
threatens democracy. Broadway Books.
▪ Yarali, A., Joyce, R.& Dixon, B. (2020, April 22-24). Ethics of Big Data: Privacy, Security and
Trust.2020 Wireless Telecommunications Symposium (WTS), Washington DC, United States.

www.iu.org
DLBDSSECDS01 159

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Seminar

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Research Essay

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Slides ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint

www.iu.org
160 DLBDSSECDS01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Seminar

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Research Essay

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Slides ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
5. Semester
162 DLBMIUEX1_E

User Experience
Module Code: DLBMIUEX1_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Dr. Mathias Bauer (User Experience)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ User Experience (DLBMIUEX01_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Basics of User Experience
▪ Customer Journey
▪ Selected UX Techniques
▪ UX Evaluation
▪ Information Design
▪ UX on a Large Scale

www.iu.org
DLBMIUEX1_E 163

Learning Outcomes
User Experience
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ describe, classify, and delimit the term user experience and its concepts.
▪ analyze touchpoints, create customer journey maps and describe personas.
▪ describe suitable techniques for user experience design and select them for a specific task.
▪ describe techniques for evaluating UX and identify appropriate ones for specific tasks.
▪ describe and delimit selected techniques for information design.
▪ describe and delimit concepts and approaches for designing user experience at the process,
service and enterprise levels.
▪ engage in interdisciplinary team work and communicate comprehensively with UX
professionals with complementary backgrounds and skill sets.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programs in the Design, Architecture
This module is similar to other modules in & Construction fields
the field of Design

www.iu.org
164 DLBMIUEX01_E

User Experience
Course Code: DLBMIUEX01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The term user experience (UX) generally refers to the experience that users and customers have
in relationship to the products and services that a company offers. It is not only about improving
the usability of IT systems, but also about analyzing, designing and evaluating the experience of
users and customers. After an introduction to the topic of user experience, some methods for
analyzing the user experience will be explained and their application will be discussed. Then,
selected techniques for designing user experience and suitable approaches to information design
are introduced. After that specific techniques for evaluating UX are discussed. Finally, it will be
explained how UX can be designed specifically at the level of services and companies.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ describe, classify, and delimit the term user experience and its concepts.
▪ analyze touchpoints, create customer journey maps and describe personas.
▪ describe suitable techniques for user experience design and select them for a specific task.
▪ describe techniques for evaluating UX and identify appropriate ones for specific tasks.
▪ describe and delimit selected techniques for information design.
▪ describe and delimit concepts and approaches for designing user experience at the process,
service and enterprise levels.
▪ engage in interdisciplinary team work and communicate comprehensively with UX
professionals with complementary backgrounds and skill sets.

Contents
1. UX Basics
1.1 Terms, Concepts, History
1.2 User Experience Design and Management
1.3 Selected Scenarios from Practice

2. Analysis
2.1 Contextual Inquiry
2.2 Touchpoint Analysis
2.3 Customer Journey Map
2.4 Persona

www.iu.org
DLBMIUEX01_E 165

3. Finding Ideas
3.1 Use Cases
3.2 User Stories
3.3 Storyboards

4. Design and Prototyping


4.1 Card Sorting
4.2 Sketches and Scribbles
4.3 Wireframes
4.4 Prototyping
4.5 Guidelines and Style Guides

5. Evaluation
5.1 Usability Testing
5.2 Observation Techniques
5.3 Interview Techniques and Questionnaires

6. "UX on a Large Scale"


6.1 UX in Services and Business Processes
6.2 Corporate UX

www.iu.org
166 DLBMIUEX01_E

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Buxton, William. Sketching User Experience: Getting the Design Right and the Right Design.
San Francisco, Calif.: Morgan Kaufmann, 2007. Book.
▪ Garrett, Jesse James. The Elements of User Experience : User-Centered Design for the Web
and Beyond. Voices That Matter Ser. Vol. 2nd ed., New edition, revised, Berkeley: New Riders,
2010. Book.
▪ Kuniavsky, Mike, Andrea Moed, and Elizabeth Goodman. Observing the User Experience
[Electronic Resource] : A Practitioner's Guide to User Research. Waltham, MA Morgan
Kaufmann, 2nd ed, 2012.
▪ Norman, Don. The Design of Everyday Things : Revised and Expanded Edition. Vol. Revised
and expanded edition, New York: Basic Books, 2013. Book.
▪ Saul, Greenberg, Carpendale Sheelagh, Marquardt Nicolai, and Buxton Bill. Sketching User
Experiences: The Workbook. Waltham, Mass: Morgan Kaufmann, 2012. Book.
▪ Brown, Diana DeMarco. Agile User Experience Design a Practitioner's Guide to Making It Work.
Amsterdam [u.a.]: Elsevier MK, 2013. Monograph.
▪ Robier, Johannes. "Ux Redefined. Winning and Keeping Customers with Enhanced Usability
and User Experience." Belgium, Europe: Springer International Publishing, 2016.

www.iu.org
DLBMIUEX01_E 167

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
168 DLBMIUEX01_E

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
☑ Audio ☑ Guideline
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBMIUEX2_E 169

UX-Project
Module Code: DLBMIUEX2_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
David Linderman (UX-Project)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ UX-Project (DLBMIUEX02_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: myStudies
Written Assessment: Project Report
Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
Practical project with focus on UX.

www.iu.org
170 DLBMIUEX2_E

Learning Outcomes
UX-Project
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ independently carry out small and medium-sized project tasks in the field of UX and produce
an appropriate result.
▪ define a suitable approach to UX projects and identify appropriate techniques and methods
specifically.
▪ critically reflect and document the work process and the achieved result regarding the target
achievement.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programs in the Design, Architecture
This module is similar to other modules in the & Construction fields
field of Design

www.iu.org
DLBMIUEX02_E 171

UX-Project
Course Code: DLBMIUEX02_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The aim of the module is to apply the already acquired knowledge and skills on the subject of
User Experience in a practical project. The students work on a self-organized project with focus on
User Experience.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ independently carry out small and medium-sized project tasks in the field of UX and produce
an appropriate result.
▪ define a suitable approach to UX projects and identify appropriate techniques and methods
specifically.
▪ critically reflect and document the work process and the achieved result regarding the target
achievement.

Contents
▪ The knowledge acquired in the course User Experience is applied to projects. The approach,
the results achieved and the critical reflection are documented in a written project report.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Barnum, Carol M. . Usability Testing Essentials : Ready, Set...Test! Amsterdam: Morgan
Kaufmann, 2011. eBook.
▪ Cooper, Alan, Robert Reimann, David Cronin, and Christopher Noessel. About Face: The
Essentials of Interaction Design. 4th ed. Hoboken: Wiley, 2014. eBook.
▪ Hartson, Rex, and Pardha S. Pyla. the Ux Book: Agile Ux Design for a Quality User Experience.
2nd ed. Cambridge: Morgan Kaufman, 2019. eBook.
▪ Robier, Johannes. "Ux Redefined. Winning and Keeping Customers with Enhanced Usability
and User Experience." Belgium, Europe: Springer International Publishing, 2016. eBook.

www.iu.org
172 DLBMIUEX02_E

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Slides ☑ Guideline

www.iu.org
DLBMIUEX02_E 173

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Slides ☑ Guideline

www.iu.org
174 DLBAIPEAI

Project: Edge AI
Module Code: DLBAIPEAI

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Project: Edge AI)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Project: Edge AI (DLBAIPEAI01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Project Report
Study Format: myStudies
Written Assessment: Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
This project focuses on designing and prototyping an Edge AI system.

www.iu.org
DLBAIPEAI 175

Learning Outcomes
Project: Edge AI
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ combine a range of AI techniques in a technical implementation.
▪ explain the design choices and its implementation.
▪ transfer acquired theoretical knowledge to a real-world project.
▪ translate the learned theories into the practice of AI system building.
▪ critically evaluate the resulting model or system’s performance.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
176 DLBAIPEAI01

Project: Edge AI
Course Code: DLBAIPEAI01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Edge AI is an important part of artificial intelligence and becomes more and more important
in modern system implementations. Instead of large computers or server farms, AI inferences
are calculated in the physical system where they are needed. Examples for such a setup
are autonomous vehicles interpreting sensor data and images, mobile systems, but also
cyber-physical systems where “intelligence” needs to be close to the physical production
system.Students learn how to evaluate the requirements of a complete Edge AI system, determine
its requirements, and evaluate the constraints of the intended use and available edge computing
resources. In the course “Project: Edge AI”, students choose a project task in accord with their
tutor from a variety of options. The goal is to prototypically implement an Edge AI solution.
The design and implementation choices, requirement and constraints are to be reasoned about,
explained, and documented in a project report. To this end, students make practical use of
the methodological knowledge acquired in the previous courses by applying them to relevant
real-world problems.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ combine a range of AI techniques in a technical implementation.


▪ explain the design choices and its implementation.
▪ transfer acquired theoretical knowledge to a real-world project.
▪ translate the learned theories into the practice of AI system building.
▪ critically evaluate the resulting model or system’s performance.

Contents
▪ In this course the students work on a practical prototype implementation of an edge AI
system. All relevant artifacts such as the design documentation, chosen implementation,
code and the complete system, as well as outcomes are to be documented. Depending on
the exact system that is to be designed and implemented as a prototype, students will draw
on the theoretical knowledge gained from some or all of the previous courses and combine
them in a new way to design an edge AI system.

www.iu.org
DLBAIPEAI01 177

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Geron, A. (2019). Hands-on machine learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow. 2nd Edition.
Boston, MA: O’Reilly Publishing.
▪ Koul, A, Ganju, S & Kasam, M (2019). Practical Deep Learning for Cloud, Mobile& Edge:
Computer Vision Projects Using Python, Keras & TensorFlow. Boston, MA: O’Reilly Publishing.
▪ Russel, S., & Norvig, P. (2009). Artificial intelligence: A modern approach (3rd ed.). Malaysia:
Pearson.
▪ Wang, X., Han, Y., Leung, V. C., Niyato, D., Yan, X., & Chen, X. (2020). Edge AI: Convergence of Edge
Computing and Artificial Intelligence. Springer Nature.
▪ Warden, P. & Situnayake, D. (2020). TinyML . Boston, MA: O’Reilly Publishing.

www.iu.org
178 DLBAIPEAI01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Slides ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint

www.iu.org
DLBAIPEAI01 179

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Slides ☑ Guideline

www.iu.org
180 DLBROIR_E

Introduction to Robotics
Module Code: DLBROIR_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Matthias Eifler (Introduction to Robotics)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Introduction to Robotics (DLBROIR01_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam or Written Assessment: Written
Assignment, 90 Minutes
Study Format: myStudies
Exam or Written Assessment: Written
Assignment, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Introduction to Robotics
▪ Trends
▪ Industrial Robots
▪ Mobile Robots
▪ Applications

www.iu.org
DLBROIR_E 181

Learning Outcomes
Introduction to Robotics
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ name important developments in the field of robotics.
▪ understand the mechanical structure and characteristics of robots.
▪ name characteristics and challenges of industrial robots.
▪ name characteristics and challenges of mobile robots.
▪ understand the role of robots in applications.
▪ name and understand current trends in the field of robotics.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
field of Engineering Technology fields

www.iu.org
182 DLBROIR01_E

Introduction to Robotics
Course Code: DLBROIR01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Robotics is experiencing very interesting developments, which experts describe as being a
transition to a new generation of robots. We have moved from the “4Ds” of Robotics 1.0 (dull, dirty,
dumb, dangerous) to the “4Ss” of Robotics 2.0 (smarter, safer, sensors, simple), but we still need
to proceed further to the “4Ms” of Robotics 3.0 (multitasking, emotive, morphing, multiagent). This
course, thus, provides the required background to understand the main development of robotics
looking at industrial as well as at mobile robots, their main characteristics, issues, challenges,
applications, and development trends.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ name important developments in the field of robotics.


▪ understand the mechanical structure and characteristics of robots.
▪ name characteristics and challenges of industrial robots.
▪ name characteristics and challenges of mobile robots.
▪ understand the role of robots in applications.
▪ name and understand current trends in the field of robotics.

Contents
1. What is Robotics?
1.1 Basics and Definitions
1.2 History and Cultural Influence
1.3 Challenges and Trends (from Robotics 1.0 to Robotics 3.0)

2. Robots
2.1 Mechanical Structure
2.2 Kinematic Chains
2.3 Market Overview

3. Industrial Robots
3.1 Components of Industrial Robot Systems
3.2 Characteristics

www.iu.org
DLBROIR01_E 183

3.3 Common Industrial Robots


3.4 Applications
3.5 Trends

4. Mobile Robots
4.1 Components of Mobile Robot Systems
4.2 Characteristics
4.3 Common Mobile Robots
4.4 Applications
4.5 Trends

5. Applications
5.1 Industrial Robots
5.2 Healthcare
5.3 Agriculture or Field Robotics
5.4 Space and Defense
5.5 Warehouse and Logistics
5.6 Construction
5.7 Wearables
5.8 Social Robots

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Mihelj, M., Bajd, T., Ude, A., Lenarcic, J., Stanovnik, A., Munih, M., Rejc, J., & Slajpah, S. (2019).
Robotics(2nd ed.). Springer.
▪ Ben-Ari, M., & Mondada, F. (2017). Elements of robotics. Springer.
▪ Siciliano, B., & Khatib, O. (Eds.). (2016). Springer handbook of robotics. Springer

www.iu.org
184 DLBROIR01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam or Written Assessment: Written


Assignment, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
100 h 0h 25 h 0h 150 h
25 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio ☑ Guideline
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBROIR01_E 185

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam or Written Assessment: Written


Assignment, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
100 h 0h 25 h 0h 150 h
25 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio ☑ Guideline
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
186 DLBCSAPM

Agile Project Management


Module Code: DLBCSAPM

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Inga Schlömer (Agile Project Management)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Agile Project Management (DLBCSAPM01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: myStudies
Written Assessment: Project Report
Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ In this course, students are taught action competences in the field of agile project
management. They will be familiarized with the values, activities, roles, and artifacts of agile
procedures using Scrum as an example.

www.iu.org
DLBCSAPM 187

Learning Outcomes
Agile Project Management
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the differences between agile and plan-driven project management.
▪ explain agile principles.
▪ work together in an agile manner according to the values defined in Scrum.
▪ apply the activities defined in Scrum.
▪ take responsibility for the roles defined in Scrum.
▪ create and maintain the artefacts defined in Scrum.
▪ consider the increasing relevance of international, intercultural and virtual collaboration in
projects.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
the field of Computer Science & Software Technology field
Development

www.iu.org
188 DLBCSAPM01

Agile Project Management


Course Code: DLBCSAPM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Students will receive a practical introduction to agile project management in this course.
In addition to teaching its individual basic principles, the differences between agile project
management and plan-driven project management will be examined in detail. In order to
understand and experience agile project management, the values, activities, roles, and artefacts of
typical agile procedures are presented using Scrum and then practiced on an example project.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the differences between agile and plan-driven project management.


▪ explain agile principles.
▪ work together in an agile manner according to the values defined in Scrum.
▪ apply the activities defined in Scrum.
▪ take responsibility for the roles defined in Scrum.
▪ create and maintain the artefacts defined in Scrum.
▪ consider the increasing relevance of international, intercultural and virtual collaboration in
projects.

Contents
▪ This course teaches students various skills in the field of agile project management. In
contrast to plan-driven project management, the principles of agility used in modern
software development are taught. Using the example of Scrum, students will acquire skills in
applying an agile approach, and then apply their knowledge of respective roles and activities
in a simple project to gain initial practical experience, documenting it in a project report. The
content of the projects results from the individual abilities and requirements of the students.

www.iu.org
DLBCSAPM01 189

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Apress. Agile Alliance (2021). Subway Map to Agile Practices.
▪ Beck, K. et al. (2001). Manifesto for Agile Software Development.
▪ Chovanova, H. et al. (2020). Agile Project Management ― What is It? Publisher: IEEE.
In 18th International Conference on Emerging eLearning Technologies and Applications
(ICETA), Emerging eLearning Technologies and Applications (ICETA), 2020 18th International
Conference.
▪ Dalton, Jeff (2019). Great Big Agile. An OS for Agile Leaders.
▪ Douglass, B. P. (2016). Agile systems engineering. Morgan Kaufmann, p. 151-160.
▪ Hohl, P., Klünder, J., van Bennekum, A., Lockard, R., Gifford, J., Münch, J., Stupperich, M., &
Schneider, K. (2018). Back to the future: origins and directions of the “Agile Manifesto” – views
of the originators. Journal of Software Engineering Research and Development, 6(1).
▪ Project Management Institute (2017). Agile Practice Guide. Project Management Institute.
▪ Measey P./Radtac (2015). Agile Foundations - Principles, Practices and Frameworks. BCS The
Chartered Institute for IT, p. 131-140, p. 148-152.
▪ Schwaber, K./Sutherland, J. (2020). The Scrum Guide.
▪ Hohl, P., Klünder, J., van Bennekum, A., Lockard, R., Gifford, J., Münch, J., Stupperich, M., &
Schneider, K. (2018). Back to the future: origins and directions of the “Agile Manifesto” – views
of the originators. Journal of Software Engineering Research and Development, 6(1).

www.iu.org
190 DLBCSAPM01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBCSAPM01 191

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
192 DLBDSEAD

Autonomous Driving
Module Code: DLBDSEAD

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Ha Ngo (Self-Driving Vehicles) / Ha Ngo (Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving
Technology)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Self-Driving Vehicles (DLBDSEAD01)


▪ Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology (DLBDSEAD02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Self-Driving Vehicles
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-


Driving Technology
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Written
Assessment: Research Essay

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAD 193

Module Contents

Self-Driving Vehicles
▪ Safety standards
▪ Sensor fusion
▪ Computer vision
▪ Localization & motion
▪ Motion planning

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology

The seminar covers current topics of autonomous vehicles. The choice of topics can include (but
are not limited to) recent technical advances as well as philosophical issues or implications for
society, law, or relevant industries.

Learning Outcomes
Self-Driving Vehicles
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ cite relevant safety standards.
▪ grasp the concepts of sensors and sensor fusion.
▪ apply computer vision techniques to detect features.
▪ evaluate images in terms of semantic segmentation.
▪ understand motion models and localization approaches.
▪ utilize motion planning techniques.

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ transfer theoretical knowledge and methods to new domains.
▪ understand recent developments in self-driving vehicles.
▪ create new insights based on detailed studies of current research and technology.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
field of Engineering fields

www.iu.org
194 DLBDSEAD01

Self-Driving Vehicles
Course Code: DLBDSEAD01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course focuses on the foundations of autonomous vehicles and starts with a detailed
introduction to relevant safety standards in terms of functional and IT security.This course
continues with a presentation of the concept of sensor fusion and discusses relevant aspects of
computer vision techniques such as feature detection, calibration, and semantic segmentation.A
large part of the course concerns localization and motion planning. Relevant motion models
are introduced and localization techniques such as odometry, triangulation, and satellite-based
systems are discussed in detail, along with path planning, motion prediction, and trajectory
generation.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ cite relevant safety standards.


▪ grasp the concepts of sensors and sensor fusion.
▪ apply computer vision techniques to detect features.
▪ evaluate images in terms of semantic segmentation.
▪ understand motion models and localization approaches.
▪ utilize motion planning techniques.

Contents
1. Sensors
1.1 Physical principles of sensors
1.2 Types of sensors
1.3 Sensor calibration
1.4 Application scenarios

2. Sensor Fusion
2.1 Elaborating data from sensors
2.2 The Kalman filter
2.3 Object tracking

3. Computer Vision
3.1 Pixels and filters

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAD01 195

3.2 Feature detection


3.3 Semantic segmentation

4. Localization & Motion


4.1 Motion models
4.2 Trilateration
4.3 Satellite-based localization

5. Motion planning
5.1 Mission planning
5.2 Behavior Planning
5.3 Local Planning

6. Safety Standards
6.1 Functional Safety
6.2 Safety of Intended Functionality
6.3 IT Security

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Sciavicco, L., Villani, L., Oriolo, G., & Siciliano, B. (2009). Robotics : modelling, planning
andcontrol. Springer.
▪ Thrun, S. (2002). Probabilistic robotics. Communications of the ACM, 45(3), 52-57.
▪ LaValle, S. M. (2006). Planning algorithms. Cambridge University Press.
▪ Watzenig, D., & Horn, M. (2016). Automated driving: Safer and more efficient future driving.
Springer.

www.iu.org
196 DLBDSEAD01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAD02 197

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving


Technology
Course Code: DLBDSEAD02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This courses focuses on recent developments in the field of self-driving vehicles. Following the
course Self-Driving Vehicles (DLBDSEAD01), in this course students will focus on a particular topic
in the context of autonomous driving, applying the knowledge they have obtained in the first
course.Finally, a research essay will be written.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ transfer theoretical knowledge and methods to new domains.


▪ understand recent developments in self-driving vehicles.
▪ create new insights based on detailed studies of current research and technology.

Contents
▪ The seminar covers current topics of autonomous vehicles. The choice of topics can include
(but are not limited to) recent technical advances as well as philosophical issues or
implications for society, law, or relevant industries.

www.iu.org
198 DLBDSEAD02

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Ben-Ari, M./Mondada, F. (2018): Elements of robotics. Springer, Cham.
▪ European Union. (2001): Directive 2001/95/EG. (Available on the Internet)
▪ Fisher, R. B., et al. (2016): Dictionary of computer vision and image processing. John Wiley &
Sons, Chichester.
▪ Smith, D. J./Simpson, K. (2016): The safety critical systems handbook. 4th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Smith, D. J. (2017): Reliability, maintainability, and risk. 9th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Society of Automobile Engineers International. (2012): SAE J3061. (Available on the Internet)
▪ Szelski, R. (2022): Computer vision: Algorithms and applications. 2nd ed., Springer VS,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Wang, P. K.-C. (2015): Visibility-based optimal path and motion planning (vol. 568). Springer,
Cham.

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAD02 199

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Seminar

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Research Essay

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Slides ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint

www.iu.org
200 DLBDSEAR

Production Engineering, Automation and Robotics


Module Code: DLBDSEAR

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum ▪ none BA 10 300 h
▪ DLBDSEAR01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Hans Kerwat (Production Engineering) / Ha Ngo (Automation and Robotics)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Production Engineering (DLBDSEAR01)


▪ Automation and Robotics (DLBDSEAR02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Production Engineering
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Automation and Robotics


• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes (50)

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAR 201

Module Contents

Production Engineering
▪ Introduction to Manufacturing Technology
▪ Main Production Groups According to DIN 8580
▪ Additive Manufacturing Processes
▪ Rapid Prototyping
▪ Rapid Tooling
▪ Direct/Rapid Manufacturing
▪ Cyber-Physical Production Plants

Automation and Robotics


▪ Basics of Automation
▪ Fundamentals of Measurement Technology
▪ Sensors
▪ Basics of Control Engineering
▪ Basics of Control Technology
▪ Introduction to Robotics
▪ Kinematics of a Robot

www.iu.org
202 DLBDSEAR

Learning Outcomes
Production Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the basic concepts and interrelationships of production engineering.
▪ understand current changes in manufacturing technology due to technologies such as
additive manufacturing and megatrends such as cyber physical systems.
▪ assign different manufacturing processes to the main manufacturing groups according to DIN
8580.
▪ understand the basic principle of additive manufacturing processes.
▪ distinguish between different additive manufacturing processes.
▪ understand the terms Rapid Prototyping, Rapid Tooling, and Direct Manufacturing and name
individual processes and application examples.
▪ understand the elements and properties of cyber-physical production plants.

Automation and Robotics


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the basic aspects of automation.
▪ understand the different sizes and units in measurement technology.
▪ differentiate between different measurement methods.
▪ understand the basic structure of measuring equipment.
▪ select a suitable sensor based on various criteria.
▪ understand the elements of control systems.
▪ describe the behavior of control systems in the time and frequency domain.
▪ understand the basic principles of control technology.
▪ convert between different number systems and apply Boolean algebra.
▪ understand the structure of switching networks, plants, and storages.
▪ understand important elements of control systems such as signal generators and power
amplifiers.
▪ design simple programmable logic controllers.
▪ understand the basic structure of industrial robots.
▪ calculate different movements and positions of jointed-arm robots.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
This module is similar to other modules in the fields
field of Engineering

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAR01 203

Production Engineering
Course Code: DLBDSEAR01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The aim of the course is to provide students with an overview of the processes that have
influenced and still influence production processes through technological developments under
the generic term Industry 4.0, based on traditional, standardized manufacturing techniques. These
include, in particular, technological advances in additive manufacturing processes that enable
applications such as rapid prototyping, rapid tooling, and direct manufacturing. Finally, the course
deals with the consequences of the digitalization and networking of production facilities and their
elements in the sense of a cyber-physical system.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the basic concepts and interrelationships of production engineering.


▪ understand current changes in manufacturing technology due to technologies such as
additive manufacturing and megatrends such as cyber physical systems.
▪ assign different manufacturing processes to the main manufacturing groups according to DIN
8580.
▪ understand the basic principle of additive manufacturing processes.
▪ distinguish between different additive manufacturing processes.
▪ understand the terms Rapid Prototyping, Rapid Tooling, and Direct Manufacturing and name
individual processes and application examples.
▪ understand the elements and properties of cyber-physical production plants.

Contents
1. Introduction to Manufacturing Technology
1.1 Basic Terms and Contexts in Manufacturing Theory
1.2 Historical Development of Production
1.3 The Discussion About the Long Tail

2. Classification Of Manufacturing Processes


2.1 Casting and Molding
2.2 Forming
2.3 Machining
2.4 Joining

www.iu.org
204 DLBDSEAR01

2.5 Coating
2.6 Changing the Properties of Substances

3. Additive Manufacturing Processes


3.1 Basic Principles and Legal Aspects
3.2 Stereolithography (STL)
3.3 Selective Laser Sintering and Selective Beam Melting With Laser or Electron Beam
3.4 Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM)
3.5 Multi-Jet Modeling (MJM) and Poly-Jet Process (PJM)
3.6 3D Printing Process (3DP)
3.7 Laminating Processes
3.8 Mask Sintering

4. Rapid Prototyping
4.1 Definition
4.2 Strategic and Operational Aspects
4.3 Application Areas and Examples

5. Rapid Tooling
5.1 Definition, Strategic, and Operational Aspects
5.2 Indirect and Direct Procedures

6. Direct/Rapid Manufacturing
6.1 Potentials and Requirements for Procedures
6.2 Implementation, Application Areas, and Examples

7. Cyber-Physical Production Plants


7.1 Derivation of the Terms Industry 4.0 and Cyber-Physical Systems
7.2 Megatrend Cyber Physical Systems (CPS)
7.3 Definition Cyber-Physical Production Plant
7.4 Effects on Planning and Operation of Production Facilities
7.5 Dynamic Reconfiguration and Migration of Production Facilities

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAR01 205

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Anderson, C. (2012). Makers: The new industrial revolution. Crown Business.
▪ Gebhardt, A., Kessler, J. & Thurn, L.
(2019). 3D printing: Understanding additive manufacturing (2nd ed). Hanser.
▪ Groover, M. P. (2012). Fundamentals of modern manufacturing: Materials, processes,
and systems (5th ed.). Wiley.

www.iu.org
206 DLBDSEAR01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAR01 207

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
208 DLBDSEAR02

Automation and Robotics


Course Code: DLBDSEAR02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSEAR01
English

Course Description
The aim of the course is to provide students with an insight into measurement, control, and
regulation technology and convey the basics of robotics. Students will be taught which methods
can be used to determine certain measured variables and how measurement errors are dealt
with. Based on these fundamentals, various sensors will be presented and students will be able
to select suitable sensors based on predefined criteria. The course also introduces students to
the basics of control engineering. The different ways of describing the structure and behaviour of
control systems are illustrated to the students. The basics of control engineering are also taught.
The students receive a short introduction to binary number systems and Boolean algebra, and
deal with various basal circuit and control elements. Finally, students will gain an insight into
robotics with a focus on industrial robots. In this context, the students learn the description and
calculation of positions and movements of individual limbs of a robot arm.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the basic aspects of automation.


▪ understand the different sizes and units in measurement technology.
▪ differentiate between different measurement methods.
▪ understand the basic structure of measuring equipment.
▪ select a suitable sensor based on various criteria.
▪ understand the elements of control systems.
▪ describe the behavior of control systems in the time and frequency domain.
▪ understand the basic principles of control technology.
▪ convert between different number systems and apply Boolean algebra.
▪ understand the structure of switching networks, plants, and storages.
▪ understand important elements of control systems such as signal generators and power
amplifiers.
▪ design simple programmable logic controllers.
▪ understand the basic structure of industrial robots.
▪ calculate different movements and positions of jointed-arm robots.

Contents
1. Basics of Automation
1.1 Basic Terms

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAR02 209

1.2 Economic Aspects


1.3 Automation Pyramid
1.4 Measuring, Control, and Regulation Systems

2. Fundamentals of Measurement Technology


2.1 Measurands and Units
2.2 Forms of Measurement Signals
2.3 Measurement Techniques
2.4 Measuring Equipment
2.5 Evaluation of Measurements and Measurement Errors

3. Sensors
3.1 Function and Elements of Sensors
3.2 Criteria for the Selection of Sensors
3.3 Proximity Switches
3.4 Photoelectric Sensors
3.5 Ultrasonic Sensors
3.6 Rotary Encoder
3.7 Force, Torque, and Pressure Gauges
3.8 Temperature Sensors
3.9 Image Processing Sensors

4. Basics of Control Engineering


4.1 Elements of Control Systems
4.2 Structure Description
4.3 Static Behavioral Description
4.4 Behavioral Description in the Time Domain
4.5 Behavioral Description in the Frequency Domain
4.6 Practical examples

5. Basics of Control Technology


5.1 Basic Principle and Elements of Control Systems
5.2 Numerical Representations
5.3 Boolean Algebra
5.4 Switching Networks, Plants, and Storage Facilities
5.5 Signal Generators and Power Amplifiers
5.6 Programmable Logic Controllers
5.7 Connection-Programmed Controls

www.iu.org
210 DLBDSEAR02

6. Introduction to Robotics
6.1 Terms and Classification
6.2 Basic Elements
6.3 Classification of Robots

7. Kinematics of a Robot
7.1 Coordinate Systems and Reference Points
7.2 Rotations
7.3 Forward and Reverse Transformations
7.4 Denavit-Hartenberg Transformation

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Gardner, R. (2021). Introduction to plant automation and controls. Taylor & Francis.
▪ Jazar, R. (2010). Theory of applied robotics: Kinematics, dynamics, and control (2nd ed.).
Springer.
▪ Moir, T. (2020). Feedback. Springer.
▪ Morris, A. S., & Langari, R. (2020). Measurement and instrumentation: Theory and
application (3rded.). Academic Press.
▪ Tse, F. S., & Morse, I. E. (2009). Measurement and instrumentation in engineering. CRC Press.

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAR02 211

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
212 DLBDSEDE

Data Engineer
Module Code: DLBDSEDE

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimaldauer: WiSe/SoSe
1 Semester English

Module Coordinator
Sahar Qaadan (Data Engineering ) / Sahar Qaadan (Project: Data Engineering)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Data Engineering (DLBDSEDE01)


▪ Project: Data Engineering (DLBDSEDE02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Data Engineering
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "On Campus": Exam, 90 Minutes

Project: Data Engineering


• Study Format "Distance Learning": Portfolio
• Study Format "On Campus": Portfolio
• Study Format "myStudies": Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDE 213

Module Contents

Data Engineering
▪ understand important foundational concepts in data engineering.
▪ recognize established and commonly-employed NoSQL datastores and their salient
characteristics.
▪ comprehend common architectural patterns for data processing at scale.
▪ explain the concept of containerization as a virtualization approach.
▪ analyze operational challenges in the set-up and maintenance of data pipelines.
▪ demonstrate familiarity with concepts relating to data security and protection.

Project: Data Engineering


▪ formulate and implement a real-world data engineering use case.
▪ select appropriate resources for the task at hand.
▪ transfer acquired specialized knowledge in data engineering to a real-world use case.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ analyze the suitability of different solution options with respect to the project task.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.

Learning Outcomes
Data Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand important foundational concepts in data engineering.
▪ recognize established and commonly-employed NoSQL datastores and their salient
characteristics.
▪ comprehend common architectural patterns for data processing at scale.
▪ explain the concept of containerization as a virtualization approach.
▪ analyze operational challenges in the set-up and maintenance of data pipelines.
▪ demonstrate familiarity with concepts relating to data security and protection.

Project: Data Engineering


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ formulate and implement a real-world data engineering use case.
▪ select appropriate resources for the task at hand.
▪ transfer acquired specialized knowledge in data engineering to a real-world use case.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ analyze the suitability of different solution options with respect to the project task.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
field(s) of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence. field(s).

www.iu.org
214 DLBDSEDE01

Data Engineering
Course Code: DLBDSEDE01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course explores concepts of data engineering. Data engineering is concerned with the
infrastructure aspects of data science such as data storage and provision, as well as the
provisioning of suitable operational environments.After laying out foundational notions and
concepts of the discipline, this course addresses important developments in storage technology;
aspects of systems architecture for processing data at scale; containerization as a modern take on
virtualization; and the logic of data pipelines and associated operational aspects. Important issues
pertaining to data security and protection are also given appropriate attention.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand important foundational concepts in data engineering.


▪ recognize established and commonly-employed NoSQL datastores and their salient
characteristics.
▪ comprehend common architectural patterns for data processing at scale.
▪ explain the concept of containerization as a virtualization approach.
▪ analyze operational challenges in the set-up and maintenance of data pipelines.
▪ demonstrate familiarity with concepts relating to data security and protection.

Contents
1. Foundations of Data Engineering
1.1 Reliability
1.2 Scalability
1.3 Maintainability

2. NoSQL In Depth
2.1 Fundamentals of NoSQL
2.2 Established NoSQL solutions

3. Architectures for Data Processing at Scale


3.1 Batch processing architectures
3.2 Architectures for stream and complex event processing
3.3 Lambda architecture

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDE01 215

4. Containerization In Depth
4.1 Docker containers
4.2 Container management

5. Governance & Security


5.1 Data protection
5.2 Data security
5.3 Data governance

6. Operational Aspects
6.1 Defining principles of DataOps
6.2 Building and maintaining data pipelines
6.3 Metrics and monitoring

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Adkins, H., Beyer, B., Blankinship, P., Lewandowski, P., Oprea, A., & Stubblefield, A.
(2020). Building secure and reliable systems. O’Reilly.
▪ Franks, B. (2020). 97 things about ethics everyone in data science should know. O’Reilly.
▪ Kane, S. P., & Matthias, K. (2018). Docker: Up and running (2nd ed.). O’Reilly.
▪ Kleppmann, M. (2017). Designing data-intensive applications: The big ideas behind reliable,
scalable, and maintainable systems. O’Reilly.
▪ Narkhede, N., Palino, T., & Shapira, G. (2017). Kafka: The definitive guide. O’Reilly.

www.iu.org
216 DLBDSEDE01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDE01 217

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
218 DLBDSEDE01

Study Format On Campus

Study Format Course Type


On Campus Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support
☑ Course Feed
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDE02 219

Project: Data Engineering


Course Code: DLBDSEDE02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The focus of this course is the implementation of a real-world data engineering use case in
the form of a student portfolio. To this end, students choose a project subject from the various
sub-domains of data engineering. Examples include setting up a Docker container environment
or dockerized service; implementing a data pipeline according to DataOps principles; and setting
up an NoSQL data store.The goal is for students to demonstrate they can transfer theoretical
knowledge to an implementation scenario that closely mimics practical work in a professional
data engineering setting.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ formulate and implement a real-world data engineering use case.


▪ select appropriate resources for the task at hand.
▪ transfer acquired specialized knowledge in data engineering to a real-world use case.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ analyze the suitability of different solution options with respect to the project task.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.

Contents
▪ This course covers the practical implementation of approaches and techniques covered in
the preceding methodological course in a project-oriented setting. Each participant must
produce a portfolio detailing and documenting the work. Porfolio themes are chosen from a
list, or suggested by the students in accord with the tutor.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Kleppmann, Martin (2017): Designing data-intensive applications. The big ideas behind
reliable, scalable, and maintainable systems. 1st Edition. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly.
▪ Kane, Sean P.; Matthias, Karl (2018): Docker. Shipping Reliable Containers in Production. 2nd
Edition. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly.

www.iu.org
220 DLBDSEDE02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Slides ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDE02 221

Study Format On Campus

Study Format Course Type


On Campus

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support
☑ Course Feed
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
222 DLBDSEDE02

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support
☑ Course Feed
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBAIEDSPST 223

Digital Signal Processing and Sensor Technology


Module Code: DLBAIEDSPST

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Matthias Eifler (Digital Signal Processing) / Prof. Dr. Matthias Eifler (Sensor Technology)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Digital Signal Processing (DLBROEICR01_E)


▪ Sensor Technology (DLBROST01_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Digital Signal Processing


• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes (50)

Sensor Technology
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
224 DLBAIEDSPST

Module Contents

Digital Signal Processing


▪ Signal sampling and quantization
▪ Digital signals and systems
▪ Discrete Fourier Transform
▪ z-Transform
▪ Digital signal processing and filters

Sensor Technology
▪ Sensors and transducers
▪ Resistive, capacitive, inductive, optical and acoustic sensor effects
▪ Transduction platforms and sensor systems
▪ Applications
▪ Advanced sensors

Learning Outcomes
Digital Signal Processing
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ analyze discrete time systems.
▪ apply analysis tools such as the Discrete Fourier Transform.
▪ apply the z-Transform.
▪ analyze properties of discrete systems.
▪ design finite and infinite impulse response filters.
▪ implement filters in hardware and software.

Sensor Technology
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the main sensor characteristics.
▪ read and understand a typical sensor data sheet.
▪ understand sensor effects.
▪ understand and characterize sensor platforms.
▪ select the appropriate sensor technology for a given application.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
field of Engineering fields

www.iu.org
DLBROEICR01_E 225

Digital Signal Processing


Course Code: DLBROEICR01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Digital signal processing enables digital audio and video extraction, as well as extraction of
important features from any other kind of signal, for instance medial imagery or diagnostic tools.
This course provides the students with expertise on the theory and practice of digital signal
processing. In the first part, theoretical concepts are introduced, presenting the main tools for
analysis of digital, i.e., sampled or discrete-time systems. The core of digital signal processing
resides in the design of a digital filter. The second part of the course focuses on different filter-
design approaches, i.e. a discussion on finite impulse response and infinite impulse response
filters. The last part gives important insights into the hardware and software implementation of
digital signal processing, bridging theory with applied practice.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ analyze discrete time systems.


▪ apply analysis tools such as the Discrete Fourier Transform.
▪ apply the z-Transform.
▪ analyze properties of discrete systems.
▪ design finite and infinite impulse response filters.
▪ implement filters in hardware and software.

Contents
1. Introduction
1.1 Basic Concepts
1.2 Applications

2. Signal Sampling and Quantization


2.1 Sampling
2.2 Signal reconstruction
2.3 Analog-to-digital Conversion
2.4 Digital-to-Analog Conversion
2.5 Quantization

3. Digital Signals and Systems

www.iu.org
226 DLBROEICR01_E

3.1 Digital Signals


3.2 Difference Equations and Impulse Responses
3.3 BIBO-Stability
3.4 Digital Convolution

4. Discrete Fourier Transform


4.1 Discrete Fourier Transform
4.2 Amplitude and Power Spectrum
4.3 Spectral Estimation

5. The z-Transform
5.1 Definition
5.2 Properties
5.3 Inverse z-Transform
5.4 Solution of Difference Equations

6. Digital Signal Processing Systems and Filters


6.1 Difference Equation and Transfer Function
6.2 Poles, Zeros and Stability
6.3 Digital Filter Frequency Response
6.4 Basic Filtering
6.5 Realization of Digital Filters
6.6 Applications

7. Finite Impulse Response Filter Design


7.1 Basics
7.2 Fourier Transform Design
7.3 Window Method
7.4 Frequency Sampling Design Method
7.5 Optimal Design Method
7.6 Applications

8. Infinite Impulse Response Filter Design


8.1 Basics
8.2 Bilinear Transformation Design Method
8.3 Butterworth and Chebyschev Filter Designs
8.4 Higher-Order Infinite Impulse Response Filter Design
8.5 Pole-Zero Placement for Simple Filters

www.iu.org
DLBROEICR01_E 227

8.6 Applications

9. Hardware and Software for Digital Signal Processing


9.1 Digital Signal Processor Architecture
9.2 Digital Signal Processor Hardware Units
9.3 Fixed-Point and Floating-Point Formats
9.4 Implementation of FIR and IIR Filters in Fixed-Point
9.5 DSP Programming Examples

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Manolakis, D. G./Ingle, V. K. (2011): Applied digital signal processing: theory and practice.
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
▪ Tan, L./Jiang, J. (2013): Digital signal processing: fundamentals and applications. 2nd ed.,
Academic Press, Cambridge, MS.
▪ Vetterli, M./Kovačević, J./Goyal, V. K. (2014): Foundations of signal processing. 2nd ed.,
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.

www.iu.org
228 DLBROEICR01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBROST01_E 229

Sensor Technology
Course Code: DLBROST01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Sensors are at the base of any modern engineering system, for example, control systems
in robotics. This course provides the basic knowledge to understand sensors and their
characteristics. A specific sensor is chosen for an application mainly based on its characteristics
and on its physical effect. After an introduction on sensors and types of sensors, this course
introduces the main characteristics such as accuracy, precision, resolution, sensitivity, linearity,
static and dynamic properties. The second part of the course details the main sensor effects
and shows how sensor systems can be built based on such effects and used in engineering
applications. The last part of the course shows current trends and advanced applications of
sensor technology.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the main sensor characteristics.


▪ read and understand a typical sensor data sheet.
▪ understand sensor effects.
▪ understand and characterize sensor platforms.
▪ select the appropriate sensor technology for a given application.

Contents
1. Introduction to Measurement Uncertainty
1.1 Measurement Uncertainty
1.2 Confidence Intervals
1.3 Expression of Uncertainty

2. Sensors
2.1 Sensors and Transducers
2.2 Selection of Sensors
2.3 Sensor Characteristics
2.4 Measurement Systems and Components

3. Resistive Sensors
3.1 Resistivity and Resistance

www.iu.org
230 DLBROST01_E

3.2 Potentiometric Sensors


3.3 Strain Gauges
3.4 Piezoresistive Sensors
3.5 Magnetoresistive Sensors
3.6 Thermoresistive Sensors
3.7 Optoresistive Sensors

4. Capacitive Sensors
4.1 Capacitance and Permittivity
4.2 Configurations
4.3 Applications

5. Inductive and Magnetic Sensors


5.1 Magnetic and Electromagnetic Quantities
5.2 Magnetic Field Sensors
5.3 Magnetic Displacement and Force Sensors
5.4 Applications

6. Optical Sensors
6.1 Electro-Optical Components
6.2 Optical Displacement Sensors
6.3 Applications

7. Piezoelectric Sensors
7.1 Piezoelectricity
7.2 Force Pressure and Acceleration Sensors
7.3 Applications

8. Acoustic Sensors
8.1 Acoustic Medium
8.2 Measurement Methods
8.3 Applications

9. Advanced Sensor Technology


9.1 Organic Sensors
9.2 Sensors for Health and Environment
9.3 Wearable Sensors
9.4 Wireless Sensors in Industrial Environments

www.iu.org
DLBROST01_E 231

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Dertien, E., & Regtien, P. (2018). Sensors for mechatronics (2nd ed.). Elsevier.
▪ Lin, Y. L., Kyung, C. M., Yasuura, H., & Liu, Y. (Eds.) (2015). Smart sensors and systems. Springer
International.

www.iu.org
232 DLBROST01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBROST01_E 233

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
234 DLBAIEDD

Database Developer
Module Code: DLBAIEDD

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Carsten Skerra (Database Modeling and Database Systems) / Prof. Dr. Silke Vaas (Project:
Build a Data Mart in SQL)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Database Modeling and Database Systems (DLBCSDMDS01)


▪ Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL (DLBDSPBDM01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Database Modeling and Database Systems


• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL


• Study Format "Distance Learning": Portfolio
• Study Format "myStudies": Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBAIEDD 235

Module Contents

Database Modeling and Database Systems


▪ Fundamentals of relational databases
▪ Simple database queries
▪ Entity/Relationship (E/R) Diagrams
▪ Database development
▪ Complex database queries across multiple tables
▪ Changing data in databases
▪ NoSQL database systems

Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL

This course is about the implementation of a practical database use case employing previously-
acquired knowledge on pertaining approaches and methods.

Learning Outcomes
Database Modeling and Database Systems
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ describe the basic concepts of the relational data model and distinguish them from each
other.
▪ visually model data schemas.
▪ know SQL queries, read data from databases, change the data stock, and have experience in
their use.
▪ design, create, and modify SQL queries and data schemas for SQL databases, and have
experience using them.
▪ independently design database schemas and create database queries to solve concrete
problems.
▪ know the most important NoSQL concepts and distinguish them from each other.

Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ transfer previously-acquired knowledge about database methods and approaches to
practical use cases.
▪ design, architect, and implement a working data-mart solution.
▪ reason about design choices of and trade-offs between relevant implementation
alternatives.
▪ critically evaluate said choices with respect to the stated design goal.
▪ describe and explain the resulting solution.

www.iu.org
236 DLBAIEDD

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
DLBCSDMDS01 237

Database Modeling and Database Systems


Course Code: DLBCSDMDS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Stored data form the basis of many value chains of an information and knowledge society. The
methodical structuring of data through data schemas therefore forms an important basis for
storing information in such a way that it can be retrieved and processed quickly and easily. In
addition to the structured storage of data, structured access to large amounts of data must also
be possible.This course teaches students how to store data in relational data models and how
to access stored data with SQL. In addition to relational database systems, modern DB systems
(NoSQL) for storing and accessing data will be presented.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ describe the basic concepts of the relational data model and distinguish them from each
other.
▪ visually model data schemas.
▪ know SQL queries, read data from databases, change the data stock, and have experience in
their use.
▪ design, create, and modify SQL queries and data schemas for SQL databases, and have
experience using them.
▪ independently design database schemas and create database queries to solve concrete
problems.
▪ know the most important NoSQL concepts and distinguish them from each other.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of Relational Databases
1.1 Basic Concepts of the Relational Data Model
1.2 Find and Delete Records in the Database
1.3 SQL and Relational Database Systems

2. Querying Data from a Single Table


2.1 Query Data (SELECT)
2.2 Query Data With Condition (WHERE)
2.3 Sort Query Output (ORDER BY)
2.4 Queries With Group Formation (GROUP BY)

www.iu.org
238 DLBCSDMDS01

2.5 Subqueries With Nested SELECT Statements

3. Conception and Modeling of Relational Databases


3.1 The Entity Relationship Model
3.2 Relationships and Cardinalities in E/R Models
3.3 Normal Forms of Databases

4. Creation of Relational Databases


4.1 Logical Database Design Activities
4.2 Mapping of the Conceptual Data Model into the Physical Data Model
4.3 Generation of Tables in SQL Databases from E/R Diagrams

5. Complex Database Queries on Multiple Tables


5.1 Composite Quantities (JOIN)
5.2 Set Operations
5.3 Data Views With CREATE VIEW

6. Manipulating Records in Databases


6.1 Insert New Data Records (INSERT)
6.2 Change Existing Records
6.3 Transactions

7. NoSQL Database Systems


7.1 Motivation and Basic Idea
7.2 Selected Groups of NoSQL Systems

www.iu.org
DLBCSDMDS01 239

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Elmasri, R., & Navathe, S. (2017). Fundamentals of database systems (Seventh edition, global
edition). Pearson.
▪ Foster, E. C., & Godbole, S. V. (2016). Database systems: a pragmatic approach (2nd ed.).
Apress.
▪ Esakkirajan, S., & Sumathi, S. (2007). Fundamentals of relational database management
systems [electronic resource] : Springer.
▪ C. J. Date. (2019). Database Design and Relational Theory : Normal Forms and All That Jazz: Vol.
Second edition. Apress.
▪ Date, C.J. (2019). Database design and relational theory: Normal forms and all that jazz (2nd
ed.). Apress.
▪ W3Schools (2020). SQL Tutorial.

www.iu.org
240 DLBCSDMDS01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBCSDMDS01 241

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
242 DLBDSPBDM01

Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL


Course Code: DLBDSPBDM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course provides the opportunity to implement a realistic database use case scenario. A
list of use case ideas is provided on the online learning platform. In addition, the students
can contribute use case ideas of their own in accord with the tutor. The core aim is to apply
the hitherto theoretical knowledge of database methods and approaches to solve a real-world
application scenario. This entails reasoning about possible design and architectural choices in a
rational way, as well as implementing them in a functioning database system.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ transfer previously-acquired knowledge about database methods and approaches to


practical use cases.
▪ design, architect, and implement a working data-mart solution.
▪ reason about design choices of and trade-offs between relevant implementation
alternatives.
▪ critically evaluate said choices with respect to the stated design goal.
▪ describe and explain the resulting solution.

Contents
▪ In this course, students apply their knowledge of data modeling and databases to implement
a project use case of their choosing. All relevant artefacts, like use case evaluation, chosen
implementation method, code, and outcomes, are documented in the form of a written
project report.

www.iu.org
DLBDSPBDM01 243

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Date, C. J. (2012). Database design and relational theory. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly.
▪ DeBarros, A. (2018). Practical SQL: A beginner's guide to storytelling with data. San Francisco,
CA: No Starch Press.
▪ Harrington, J. L. (2016). Relational database design and implementation (4th ed.). Burlington,
MA: Morgan Kaufmann.
▪ Hernandez, M. J. (2013). Database design for mere mortals: A hands-on guide to relational
database design (3rd ed.). Boston, MA: Addison-Wesley.
▪ Viescas, J. (2018). SQL queries for mere mortals: A hands-on guide to data manipulation in
SQL (4th ed.). Boston, MA: Addison-Wesley.

www.iu.org
244 DLBDSPBDM01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Slides ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBDSPBDM01 245

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Slides ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
246 DLBCSEBI

Business Intelligence
Module Code: DLBCSEBI

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimaldauer: WiSe/SoSe
1 Semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Sebastian Werning (Business Intelligence ) / Prof. Dr. Neil Arvin Bretana (Project: Business
Intelligence)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Business Intelligence (DLBCSEBI01)


▪ Project: Business Intelligence (DLBCSEBI02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Business Intelligence
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Project: Business Intelligence


• Study Format "Distance Learning": Written
Assessment: Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBCSEBI 247

Module Contents

Business Intelligence
▪ Motivation and Conceptualization
▪ Data Provision
▪ Data Warehouse
▪ Modeling of Multidimensional Data Spaces
▪ Analysis Systems
▪ Distribution and Access

Project: Business Intelligence

Possible topics for the BI project include “Management of BI projects”, “Design of


multidimensional data models” and “Prototypical implementation of small BI applications”.

Learning Outcomes
Business Intelligence
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the motivation, use cases, and basics of Business Intelligence.
▪ identify and explain techniques and methods for providing and modeling data, as well as
types of data relevant to BI, differentiating between them.
▪ explain techniques and methods for the generation and storage of information and
independently select suitable methods on the basis of concrete requirements.

Project: Business Intelligence


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ independently design a solution to a practical problem in the field of Business Intelligence in
order to then implement a prototype and document the results.
▪ identify and explain typical problems and challenges in the design and practical
implementation of small BI solutions.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
the fields of Computer Science & Software Technology fields
Development

www.iu.org
248 DLBCSEBI01

Business Intelligence
Course Code: DLBCSEBI01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Business Intelligence (BI) is used to obtain information from company data that is relevant
for targeted corporate management and the optimization of business activities. This course
introduces and discusses techniques, procedures, and models for data provision, information
generation, and analysis, as well the distribution of the information obtained. You will then be
able to explain the various subject areas of data warehousing and independently select methods
and techniques to meet specific requirements.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the motivation, use cases, and basics of Business Intelligence.


▪ identify and explain techniques and methods for providing and modeling data, as well as
types of data relevant to BI, differentiating between them.
▪ explain techniques and methods for the generation and storage of information and
independently select suitable methods on the basis of concrete requirements.

Contents
1. Motivation and Conceptualization
1.1 Motivation and Historical Development
1.2 BI as a Framework

2. Data Provision
2.1 Operative and Dispositive Systems
2.2 The Data Warehouse Concept
2.3 Architectural Variations

3. Data Warehouse
3.1 ETL Process
3.2 DWH and Data Mart
3.3 ODS and Metadata

4. Modelling of Multidimensional Data Spaces

www.iu.org
DLBCSEBI01 249

4.1 Data Modeling


4.2 OLAP Cubes
4.3 Physical Storage
4.4 Star and Snowflake Scheme
4.5 Historicization

5. Analysis Systems
5.1 Free Data Research and OLAP
5.2 Reporting Systems
5.3 Model-Based Analysis Systems
5.4 Concept-Oriented Systems

6. Distribution and Access


6.1 Information Distribution
6.2 Information Access

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Grossmann, W., & Rinderle-Ma, S. (2015). Fundamentals of business intelligence. Springer.
▪ Sharda, R., Delen, D., & Turban, E. (2015). Business intelligence and analytics: Systems for
decision support. 10th Edition. Pearson.
▪ Sherman, R. (2014). Business intelligence guidebook: From data integration to analytics.
Morgan Kaufmann.
▪ Vaisman, A., & Zimányi, E. (2022). Data warehouse systems: Design and implementation.
Springer.

www.iu.org
250 DLBCSEBI01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBCSEBI02 251

Project: Business Intelligence


Course Code: DLBCSEBI02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Using well-known methods and techniques from the field of Business Intelligence, students will
work independently on a practical question in this course.At the end of the course you will be
able to independently design and prototype Business Intelligence applications based on concrete
requirements.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ independently design a solution to a practical problem in the field of Business Intelligence in


order to then implement a prototype and document the results.
▪ identify and explain typical problems and challenges in the design and practical
implementation of small BI solutions.

Contents
▪ Implementation and documentation of practical questions regarding the use of Business
Intelligence applications. Typical scenarios are, for example, “Management of BI projects”,
“Design of multidimensional data models” and “Prototypical implementation of small BI
applications”.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Christoph Meinel, Hasso Plattner, Larry Leifer (2011): Design Thinking: Understand – Improve –
Apply; Springer Berlin Heidelberg
▪ Jeanne Liedtka (2018): Why Design Thinking Works. In: Havard Business Review, Issue: 2018/09,
pp.72–79
▪ Christoph Meinel, Larry J. Leifer (2021): Design Thinking Research: Interrogating the Doing;
Springer International Publishing

www.iu.org
252 DLBCSEBI02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Slides ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDA 253

Data Analyst
Module Code: DLBDSEDA

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Thomas Zöller (Advanced Data Analysis) / Prof. Dr. Frank Passing (Project: Data Analysis)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Advanced Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA01)


▪ Project: Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Advanced Data Analysis


• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Project: Data Analysis


• Study Format "myStudies": Portfolio
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
254 DLBDSEDA

Module Contents

Advanced Data Analysis


▪ Business performance analytics
▪ Text mining
▪ Web- and social media analytics
▪ Experimentation and testing

Project: Data Analysis

Transfer of methodological knowledge to the implementation of real-world analytics use cases


from the above-mentioned problem domains.

Learning Outcomes
Advanced Data Analysis
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ identify important design considerations for business KPIs.
▪ explain various topics in business process analytics.
▪ utilize established techniques for web data analytics.
▪ understand analytical approaches to text mining and semantic analysis.
▪ disambiguate relevant questions in social media analytics.
▪ use the techniques and methods for experimentation and testing.

Project: Data Analysis


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ formulate and implement a real-world analytical use case.
▪ analyze the suitability of different possible approaches with respect to the project task.
▪ transfer acquired specialized analytical knowledge to real-world use cases.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.
▪ select appropriate resources

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDA01 255

Advanced Data Analysis


Course Code: DLBDSEDA01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course introduces several advanced analytics subjects of practical relevance. The subject
areas covered span from business performance measurement and analytics, text mining, and web-
and social media analytics to current trends in experimental design and setup. Along this journey
topics such as the design of key performance indicators (KPIs), business process analytics, word
frequency and semantic analysis, data science on clickstreams, social media interactions, and
multi-armed bandit testing are addressed.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ identify important design considerations for business KPIs.


▪ explain various topics in business process analytics.
▪ utilize established techniques for web data analytics.
▪ understand analytical approaches to text mining and semantic analysis.
▪ disambiguate relevant questions in social media analytics.
▪ use the techniques and methods for experimentation and testing.

Contents
1. Business Performance Analytics
1.1 KPI design considerations
1.2 Common business performance indicators
1.3 Business process mining

2. Text Analytics
2.1 Word and document frequency (TF-IDF)
2.2 Semantic analysis

3. Web Analytics
3.1 Web metrics
3.2 Clickstream analytics
3.3 Recommender systems

4. Social Network Mining

www.iu.org
256 DLBDSEDA01

4.1 Introduction to social media analytics


4.2 Mining common social media platforms

5. Testing and Experimentation


5.1 Practical A/B testing
5.2 Multivariate tests
5.3 Multi-armed bandit testing

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Kaushik, A. (2009). Web analytics 2.0: The art of online accountability & science of
customercentricity. Wiley.
▪ Lane, H., Howard, C., & Hapke, H. (2019). Natural language processing in action:
Understanding,analyzing, and generating text with Python. Manning.
▪ Parmenter, D. (2019). Key performance indicators: Developing, implementing, and using
winningKPIs (4th ed.). Wiley.
▪ Russell, M. A., & Klassen, M. (2019). Mining the social web: Data mining Facebook, Twitter,
Linkedin,Instagram, Github, and more (3rd ed.). O’Reilly.
▪ Siroker, D., & Koomen, P. (2013). A/B testing: The most powerful way to turn clicks into
customers.Wiley.

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDA01 257

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
258 DLBDSEDA01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDA02 259

Project: Data Analysis


Course Code: DLBDSEDA02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The focus of this course is the implementation of a real-world, advanced analytics use case in
the form of a student project. Primary subject areas for this practical work include business
performance analytics, text mining, web- and social analytics, and experimentation and testing.The
goal is for students to demonstrate they can transfer the theoretical knowledge acquired in
Advanced Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA01) to an implementation scenario that closely mimics project
work in a professional data science setting.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ formulate and implement a real-world analytical use case.


▪ analyze the suitability of different possible approaches with respect to the project task.
▪ transfer acquired specialized analytical knowledge to real-world use cases.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.
▪ select appropriate resources

Contents
▪ This course covers the practical implementation of the approaches and techniques covered
in the course Advanced Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA01) in a project-oriented setting. Each
participant must produce a project report detailing and documenting their work. Project
tasks are chosen from a list or suggested by the students in accord with the tutor.

www.iu.org
260 DLBDSEDA02

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Hapke, H. / Howard, C. / Lane, H. (2019): Natural language processing in action.: Manning
Publications, Shelter Island, NY.
▪ Klassen, M. / Russell, M. A. (2019): Mining the social web. 3rd edition. O'Reilly Media,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Ojeda, T. / Bilbro, R. / Bengfort, B. (2018): Applied text analysis with Python. O'Reilly Media,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Parmenter, D. (2020): Key performance indicators: Developing, implementing, and using
winning KPIs. 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Chichester.

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDA02 261

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Slides ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint

www.iu.org
262 DLBDSEDA02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Slides ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint

www.iu.org
DLBMIAMVR_E 263

Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality


Module Code: DLBMIAMVR_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Janki Dodiya (Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality) / Prof. Dr. Armin Grasnick (X-Reality
Project)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality (DLBMIAMVR01_E)


▪ X-Reality Project (DLBMIAMVR02_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality


• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes

X-Reality Project
• Study Format "myStudies": Written
Assessment: Project Report
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Written
Assessment: Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
264 DLBMIAMVR_E

Module Contents

Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality


▪ Definition and Differentiation of Terms
▪ Fields of Application and Examples
▪ Aspects of Human Perception
▪ Augmented and Virtual Reality Output Devices
▪ Input Devices
▪ Interaction in Virtual and Augmented Realities
▪ Aspects of XR Application Development
▪ Future of XR Technologies

X-Reality Project

Development of AR-/VR-Application; Design, Implementation and Documentation; Challenges and


Problems

Learning Outcomes
Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ name the characteristics and differences of augmented, mixed, and virtual reality techniques.
▪ describe the importance of sensual perception in AR and VR.
▪ explain the basic technical features of AR and VR systems.
▪ explain the different interaction possibilities in AR and VR applications.
▪ perform selected development processes for AR and VR applications.

X-Reality Project
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ implement a small AR/VR application by themselves.
▪ experiment with the concept of AR/VR applications.
▪ discuss challenges and issues in AR/VR software development.
▪ document the concept and implementation of independently developed AR/VR applications
and accumulated experience in a project report.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
the fields of Computer Science & Software fields
Development

www.iu.org
DLBMIAMVR01_E 265

Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality


Course Code: DLBMIAMVR01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Augmented, mixed and virtual reality (AR, MR and VR) technologies are becoming increasingly
important in a wide range of application areas. In this context, novel hardware devices and
forms of interaction are used. In addition to the technical foundations, this course covers aspects
of human perception and approaches for developing AR/VR applications. To give the students
a knowledge of the field, the terms augmented, mixed, and virtual reality will be defined and
differentiated and examples of their use will be demonstrated. In order to simulate the existence
of a virtual world or virtual objects to users, aspects of human perception have to be used. Based
on the fundamentals of human information processing, the course highlights the phenomena,
problems, and solutions that have to be considered in AR and VR applications. AR and VR systems
can be implemented in different ways. This course addresses different output forms, tracking
methods and interaction possibilities. In addition, other techniques that are specifically relevant
in the AR field will be represented. Software development in the AR and VR field may require
the application of special processes. This course teaches selected approaches that are helpful in
designing, prototyping, and testing AR and VR applications. The course concludes with a view at
the future applications and the research potential of augmented, mixed, and virtual reality.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ name the characteristics and differences of augmented, mixed, and virtual reality techniques.
▪ describe the importance of sensual perception in AR and VR.
▪ explain the basic technical features of AR and VR systems.
▪ explain the different interaction possibilities in AR and VR applications.
▪ perform selected development processes for AR and VR applications.

Contents
1. Introduction to Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality
1.1 Definition and Differentiation of Terms
1.2 Fields of Application and Examples

2. Aspects of Human Perception


2.1 Human Information Processing
2.2 Visual Perception

www.iu.org
266 DLBMIAMVR01_E

2.3 Multisensory Perception


2.4 Phenomena, Problems and Solutions

3. Virtual Reality Output Devices


3.1 Mounts for Smartphones
3.2 Simple 3-Degrees-of-Freedom VR Glasses
3.3 6-Degrees-of-Freedom-VR
3.4 Multisensor Technology

4. Augmented Reality Output Devices


4.1 Tracking
4.2 Video See-Through vs. Optical See-Through vs. Projection
4.3 General Differences between Devices

5. Input Devices
5.1 Controller and Other Devices
5.2 Touchpads
5.3 Voice Commands
5.4 Finger Tracking
5.5 Eye Tracking
5.6 Neurofeedback

6. Interaction in Virtual and Augmented Realities


6.1 Fundamentals of Human-Computer Interaction
6.2 Selection
6.3 Manipulation of Objects
6.4 Navigation
6.5 Perceptual Variables

7. Aspects of Development
7.1 Iterative Development Approaches for VR/AR Applications
7.2 Design Techniques
7.3 Prototyping
7.4 Evaluation

8. The Future of Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality


8.1 Outlook on Future Applications
8.2 Focus Points for Future Research

www.iu.org
DLBMIAMVR01_E 267

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Billinghurst, M., Clark, A., & Lee, G. (n.d.). A Survey of Augmented Reality. Foundations and
Trends in Human-Computer Interaction, 8(2-3), 73-272.
▪ Jerald, J. (2016). The VR Book: Human-Centered Design for Virtual Reality. ACM and Morgan &
Claypool.
▪ Schmalstieg, D., & Höllerer, T. (2016). Augmented Reality: Principles and Practice. Addison-
Wesley.

www.iu.org
268 DLBMIAMVR01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBMIAMVR01_E 269

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
270 DLBMIAMVR02_E

X-Reality Project
Course Code: DLBMIAMVR02_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The students create an application from the field of augmented or virtual reality by themselves
and document its conception and implementation as well as collected experiences. The
development of an AR/VR application may include special steps that are not known from classic
software applications. In this context, AR- or VR-typical elements of the application should be
explicitly highlighted and challenges and problems should be addressed.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ implement a small AR/VR application by themselves.


▪ experiment with the concept of AR/VR applications.
▪ discuss challenges and issues in AR/VR software development.
▪ document the concept and implementation of independently developed AR/VR applications
and accumulated experience in a project report.

Contents
▪ The students work on a project from the field of augmented or virtual reality. They design
and implement an AR/VR application based on a concrete task. The development of the
application as well as collected experiences are documented in a project report. The project
report first presents the project goal as well as the topic and context of the application. Then
the requirements, the conception and the implementation of the application are described.
During the documentation, AR- or VR-typical elements will be explicitly highlighted. The
report concludes by highlighting the challenges and issues that arose during development.

www.iu.org
DLBMIAMVR02_E 271

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Buttfield-Addison, P., Manning, J., Nugent, T. (2019): Unity Game Development Cookbook:
Essentials for Every Game. O’Reilly.
▪ Linowes, J. (2015): Unity virtual reality projects. Explore the world of virtual reality by building
immersive and fun VR projects using Unity 3D. Packt Publishing.
▪ Linowes, J./Babilinski, K. (2017): Augmented Reality for Developers. Build practical augmented
reality applications with Unity, ARCore, ARKit, and Vuforia. Packt Publishing.

www.iu.org
272 DLBMIAMVR02_E

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support
☑ Course Feed
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBMIAMVR02_E 273

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Slides ☑ Guideline

www.iu.org
6. Semester
DLBDSEIMB 275

International Marketing and Branding


Module Code: DLBDSEIMB

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Caterina Fox (International Marketing ) / Prof. Dr. Josephine Zhou-Brock (International Brand
Management)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ International Marketing (DLBDSEIMB01)


▪ International Brand Management (DLBDSEIMB02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

International Marketing
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

International Brand Management


• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
276 DLBDSEIMB

Module Contents

International Marketing
▪ International marketing strategy
▪ Cultural differences and their significance for marketing
▪ International marketing mix (product, price, promotion, and distribution decisions in an
international environment)
▪ International market research and consumer behavior
▪ Ethical aspects in international marketing
▪ International marketing controlling and six sigma

International Brand Management


▪ Basics of brand management
▪ Framework conditions for brands in international markets
▪ Strategies and concepts of international brands
▪ Brand architectures and brand extension options
▪ Brand management and communication
▪ Brand management according to the stakeholder concept
▪ Brand control and protection

Learning Outcomes
International Marketing
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand basic aspects of international strategic marketing.
▪ analyze cultural differences and their impact on international marketing.
▪ apply selected concepts of the international marketing mix.
▪ describe the possibilities of international market research and its influence on consumer
behavior.
▪ recognize the necessity of international brand controlling and quality management.
▪ reproduce theoretical knowledge using case studies.

International Brand Management


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ recognize the significance of a brand and the general conditions under which brands
operate, as well as the associated tasks of brand management.
▪ describe the components of a brand and its management.
▪ explain the positioning of brands on regional, national and international markets.
▪ understand the role of brand evaluation and compare the most common measurement
techniques.
▪ give an overview of the importance of trademark protection and suggest strategies for
preventing counterfeiting.
▪ conceive of brand strategies and measures for the avoidance or occurrence of brand crises.

www.iu.org
DLBDSEIMB 277

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programmes in the Marketing &
This module is similar to other modules in Communication fields
the fields of Marketing & Sales

www.iu.org
278 DLBDSEIMB01

International Marketing
Course Code: DLBDSEIMB01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Students are taught the necessity for strategic marketing in an international context. They
will learn about essential cultural differences and their influences on international marketing
management. The basic decisions, standardizations, and adaptations in international marketing
are experienced by the students on the basis of different concepts in the international marketing
mix. The necessity of international market research, strategic planning, and control are taught
to the students, along with the ethical aspects in international marketing. The students analyze
current topics in international marketing management and reflect on them in connection with the
concepts they have learned in this course.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand basic aspects of international strategic marketing.


▪ analyze cultural differences and their impact on international marketing.
▪ apply selected concepts of the international marketing mix.
▪ describe the possibilities of international market research and its influence on consumer
behavior.
▪ recognize the necessity of international brand controlling and quality management.
▪ reproduce theoretical knowledge using case studies.

Contents
1. Strategic International Marketing
1.1 Internationalization
1.2 Theoretical Foundations of International Market Entry Strategies
1.3 Forms of International Market Entry

2. Cultural Differences as an Aspect of International Marketing


2.1 Overview of Culture
2.2 Cultural Model Based on Hofstede
2.3 Cultural Model Based on Trompenaars

3. Case Studies in International Market Entry and Marketing Strategies


3.1 Case Study: Nivea in South Korea

www.iu.org
DLBDSEIMB01 279

3.2 Case Study: Bosch and Siemens Hausgeräte GmbH in China


3.3 Case Study: Siemens Mobile in China
3.4 Case Study: Siemens in China

4. International Product Management and Product Development


4.1 Goals of International Product Management
4.2 Framework Conditions for International Product Management
4.3 International Product Decisions
4.4 International Product Development

5. Exchange Rate Fluctuations and International Price Calculation


5.1 Tasks and Objectives of International Price Management
5.2 Factors Influencing International Price Management
5.3 Instruments of International Price Management

6. International Communication and International Sales Policy


6.1 International Communication Management
6.2 International Sales Management

7. International Marketing and Ethics


7.1 Overview of International Marketing and Ethics
7.2 Business Ethics in International Companies
7.3 Case Study: Nestlé

8. Applied Market Research and Its Influence on Consumer Behavior


8.1 Scope of International Market Research
8.2 Requirements for International Market Research Information
8.3 International Secondary Research
8.4 International Primary Research

9. Monitoring and Control in International Marketing


9.1 Controlling in International Management

10. Six Sigma, Brand Management, and Rebranding


10.1 Six Sigma: Basics, Definitions, and Processes
10.2 Brand Management
10.3 Rebranding

www.iu.org
280 DLBDSEIMB01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Armstrong, G., Kotler, P., & Opresnik, M. O. (2019). Marketing: An introduction (14th ed.).
Pearson.
▪ Hofstede, G., Hofstede, G. J., & Minkov, M. (2010). Cultures and organizations—Software of the
mind: Intercultural cooperation and its importance for survival. McGraw-Hill.
▪ Hollensen, S. (2020). Global marketing (8th ed.). Pearson.

www.iu.org
DLBDSEIMB01 281

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
282 DLBDSEIMB01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBDSEIMB02 283

International Brand Management


Course Code: DLBDSEIMB02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The aim of this course is to deepen and expand the knowledge acquired in the introductory
elective course International Marketing. The value of a brand is a decisive competitive advantage
for companies in international business. Brands create long-term and profitable customer
relationships. Brands are therefore valuable assets for companies and organizations. Students
learn the basics of brand management before moving on to the concepts and success factors
of international brand management. Students also become familiar with the structure of brand
architectures and the possibilities of brand extensions. The fact that different stakeholder groups
must be taken into account in brand management is communicated to the students on the
basis of the stakeholder concept. In addition, the students get to know the various methods
for measuring brand value and brand controlling. The aspects of trademark protection that are
particularly important in an international environment will be dealt with conclusively.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ recognize the significance of a brand and the general conditions under which brands
operate, as well as the associated tasks of brand management.
▪ describe the components of a brand and its management.
▪ explain the positioning of brands on regional, national and international markets.
▪ understand the role of brand evaluation and compare the most common measurement
techniques.
▪ give an overview of the importance of trademark protection and suggest strategies for
preventing counterfeiting.
▪ conceive of brand strategies and measures for the avoidance or occurrence of brand crises.

Contents
1. Basics of Brand Management
1.1 Brand Significance and Brand Understanding
1.2 Market Conditions
1.3 Tasks and Goals of Brand Management

2. Brand Identity, Brand Positioning, and Brand Personality


2.1 Brand Identity as the Basis of Brand Management

www.iu.org
284 DLBDSEIMB02

2.2 Brand Positioning


2.3 Brand Image
2.4 Brand Personality

3. Brand Strategies
3.1 The Challenges for Brand Strategies
3.2 Brand Strategies for New Products
3.3 Trademark Licensing

4. International Branding
4.1 Importance of Branding for International Companies
4.2 Brand Concepts for International Brands
4.3 Factors for Successful International Brands

5. Brand Architectures and Types of Branding


5.1 Brand Hierarchies
5.2 Co-branding and Ingredient Branding

6. Brand Management and Communication


6.1 Classic Brand Communication
6.2 Brand Communication on the Internet

7. Brand Expansion
7.1 Basics of Brand Extension
7.2 Opportunities and Risks of Brand Extension
7.3 Ideal Typical Sequence of the Brand Extension Process

8. Brand Management According to the Stakeholder Concept


8.1 Basics of Brand Management According to the Stakeholder Principle
8.2 Stakeholder Groups: Consumer Stakeholder Groups
8.3 Stakeholder Groups: Shareholders and Financial Investors
8.4 Stakeholder Groups: Employees
8.5 Stakeholder Groups: Suppliers and the Public

9. Brand Control
9.1 Basics of Brand Controlling
9.2 Importance and Measurement of Brand Value
9.3 Practical Methods for Measuring Brand Value

www.iu.org
DLBDSEIMB02 285

10. Trademark Protection


10.1 Object of Trademark Protection
10.2 Origin of Trademark Protection
10.3 Trademark Infringements

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Beverland, M. (2021). Brand management: Co-creating meaningful brands (2nd
ed.). SagePublications Ltd.
▪ Burmann, C., Riley, N. M., Halaszovich, T., & Schade, M. (2017). Identity-based brand
management:Fundamentals—strategy—implementation—controlling. Springer Gabler.
▪ Kapferer, J. N. (2012). The new strategic brand management: Advanced insights and
strategicthinking (5th ed.). Kogan Page.
▪ Keller, K. L., & Swaminathan, V. (2019). Strategic brand management: Building,
measuring, andmanaging brand equity (5th ed., Global ed.). Pearson.

www.iu.org
286 DLBDSEIMB02

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSEIMB02 287

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
288 DLBDSEAS

Applied Sales
Module Code: DLBDSEAS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Tanja Moehler (Applied Sales I) / Tanja Moehler (Applied Sales II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Applied Sales I (DLBDSEAS01)


▪ Applied Sales II (DLBDSEAS02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Applied Sales I
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Applied Sales II
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam or
Advanced Workbook, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAS 289

Module Contents

Applied Sales I
▪ Fundamentals of Applied Sales
▪ The Distribution System
▪ Personal Sales
▪ Sales Plans
▪ New Customer Acquisition
▪ A Sales Visit
▪ Conversational Tactics
▪ Conducting Negotiations
▪ Other Sales Channels

Applied Sales II
▪ Marketing and Sales
▪ Customer Satisfaction as a Success Factor
▪ Personalities in Sales
▪ Customer-Oriented Communication
▪ Presentation and Rhetoric
▪ Customer Loyalty
▪ Networking
▪ Case Study

www.iu.org
290 DLBDSEAS

Learning Outcomes
Applied Sales I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the fundamentals of applied sales and place them in the context of the
company.
▪ understand the interaction of the individual facets of applied sales.
▪ differentiate between and evaluate individual sales systems.
▪ describe current sales types and sales characteristics.
▪ oversee and classify the entire sales process from customer acquisition to customer
retention.
▪ understand the basics of sales and negotiation management and apply them.
▪ name the usual sales instruments, recognize their advantages and disadvantages, and reflect
on essential fields of application and possibilities.

Applied Sales II
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the interaction and the respective areas of responsibility of marketing and sales.
▪ reflect on and classify the goals and measures within the framework of the applied sales
system.
▪ assess the relevance of customer satisfaction and retention. In addition, the students will be
familiar with the central design elements of CRM.
▪ reflect on and assess alternative approaches to customer loyalty and relationship
management and apply them in business practice.
▪ understand the meaning of the terms customer life cycle and customer value, and develop
approaches to manage them in the sense of the respective sales targets.
▪ use descriptive presentation techniques in order to convince customers and other sales
partners.
▪ understand the relevance of networking and develop strategies to broaden the contact base.
▪ develop and evaluate their own market analyses and sales concepts on the basis of practical
experience within the framework of the case study.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programmes in the Marketing &
This module is similar to other modules in Communication fields
the fields of Marketing & Sales

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAS01 291

Applied Sales I
Course Code: DLBDSEAS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The demands on sales thinking are growing every day. Globalized demand combined with high
competition is making it increasingly difficult for companies to compete for customers. At
the same time, customers are becoming better informed, while traditional supply markets are
saturated and at overcapacity. In order to be successful in such an environment, sales thinking
and action are required along with a new type of salesperson. Within the course Applied Sales
I (Introduction), the participants are familiarized with the basic concepts of applied sales. You
will learn about sales organization, dealing with alternative sales channels, and get to know
the dedicated sales planning process. The contents of the module are complemented by the
successful acquisition of new customers, whereby particular attention is paid to the organization
and implementation of customer visits and the conduct of discussions and negotiations.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the fundamentals of applied sales and place them in the context of the
company.
▪ understand the interaction of the individual facets of applied sales.
▪ differentiate between and evaluate individual sales systems.
▪ describe current sales types and sales characteristics.
▪ oversee and classify the entire sales process from customer acquisition to customer
retention.
▪ understand the basics of sales and negotiation management and apply them.
▪ name the usual sales instruments, recognize their advantages and disadvantages, and reflect
on essential fields of application and possibilities.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of Applied Sales and Distribution
1.1 Tasks and Forms of Applied Distribution
1.2 Marketing as the Basis of Sales
1.3 Distribution, Sales, and Other Terms
1.4 Sales in Different Economic Sectors

2. The Distribution System

www.iu.org
292 DLBDSEAS01

2.1 Forms of Sales


2.2 Sales Organisation
2.3 Key Account Management
2.4 Multi-Channel Distribution

3. Personal Sales
3.1 The "New Sellers"
3.2 Requirements for Sales Personalities
3.3 The Key Account Manager
3.4 Task of Sales Managers

4. Sales Plan
4.1 Tasks and Objectives of Sales Management
4.2 Observation of Competition in the Context of Sales Management
4.3 Potential Analyses and Sales Planning
4.4 Sales Control and Visit Strategies

5. New Customer Acquisition


5.1 Identification of New Customer Potential
5.2 Customer Relationship Management and Customer Acquisition
5.3 Trade Fairs and Events
5.4 Networking

6. The Sales Visit


6.1 Frequency and Preparation of Visits
6.2 Conduct of a Visit
6.3 Visit Reports and Follow-Up
6.4 Aftercare and Follow-Up

7. Conversational Tactics
7.1 Structured Conversation Preparation
7.2 Goal-Oriented Conversation: The D.A.L.A.S Model
7.3 Questioning Techniques

8. Conducting Negotiations
8.1 Psychology of Negotiation
8.2 Negotiation Structure
8.3 Objection Handling
8.4 Price Negotiations

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAS01 293

9. Other Sales Channels


9.1 Telemarketing
9.2 Catalogue and Brochure Sales
9.3 Internet and E-Commerce

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bloomfield, J. (2020). NeuroSelling: Mastering the customer conversation using the surprising
science of decision making. Axon Publishing.
▪ Jobber, D., Lancaster, G., & Le Meunier-FitzHugh, K. (2019). Selling and sales
management (10th ed.). Pearson.
▪ Peppers, D., & Rogers, M. (2016). Managing customer experience and relationships: A strategic
framework (3rd ed.). Wiley.
▪ Pink, D. H. (2012). To sell is human: The surprising truth about moving others. Riverhead
Books.

www.iu.org
294 DLBDSEAS01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAS02 295

Applied Sales II
Course Code: DLBDSEAS02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The course Applied Sales II builds on the basics taught in the course "Applied Sales I" and
broadens and deepens them. First, the tension between marketing and sales is examined in
more detail. Based on this, essential backgrounds and central target figures for successful sales
management (e.g., customer satisfaction and loyalty as well as the customer life cycle) are derived
and operationalized in order to create the basis for efficient and effective customer relationship
management. As the process progresses, attention will also be paid to mental processes and
consumer behavior in general. In addition, strategies and paths to successful negotiation are
deepened and supplemented by convincing communication techniques. The course concludes
with a case study in the course of which the students have the opportunity to apply what they
have learned in a practice-oriented manner.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the interaction and the respective areas of responsibility of marketing and sales.
▪ reflect on and classify the goals and measures within the framework of the applied sales
system.
▪ assess the relevance of customer satisfaction and retention. In addition, the students will be
familiar with the central design elements of CRM.
▪ reflect on and assess alternative approaches to customer loyalty and relationship
management and apply them in business practice.
▪ understand the meaning of the terms customer life cycle and customer value, and develop
approaches to manage them in the sense of the respective sales targets.
▪ use descriptive presentation techniques in order to convince customers and other sales
partners.
▪ understand the relevance of networking and develop strategies to broaden the contact base.
▪ develop and evaluate their own market analyses and sales concepts on the basis of practical
experience within the framework of the case study.

Contents
1. Marketing and Sales
1.1 Marketing and Business Philosophy
1.2 Sales Marketing in Different Economic Sectors
1.3 Relationship Marketing

www.iu.org
296 DLBDSEAS02

1.4 (International) Marketing and Sales Integration

2. Customer Satisfaction as a Success Factor


2.1 Customer Relationship Management (CRM)
2.2 Customer Orientation Success Chain
2.3 Customer Relationship Strategies

3. Customer Retention
3.1 Customer Retention Management
3.2 Customer Retention Tools
3.3 Complaints Management

4. Customer-Oriented Communications
4.1 Communication and Sales Promotion by Sales Staff
4.2 Sales Promotion by Sales Team
4.3 Sales Promotion by the Company

5. Personalities in Sales
5.1 Sales Personalities
5.2 Selling in Teams
5.3 Negotiating with Committees

6. Presentation and Rhetoric


6.1 Rhetoric in Sales
6.2 Presentation Techniques
6.3 Nonverbal Communication

7. Networking
7.1 Organizational Networks and Networking
7.2 Building and Shaping Relationships
7.3 Networking via Social Media

8. Case Study—Multi-Vendor Customer Loyalty Programs


8.1 German Consumer Goods Market & Drugstore Industry Situation
8.2 PAYBACK—A German Synonym for Loyalty Cards

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAS02 297

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Homburg, C., Schäfer, H., & Schneider, J. (2012). Sales excellence: Systematic sales
management.Springer Science & Business Media.
▪ Ingram, T. N., Schwepker, C. H., Williams, M. R., Avila, R. A., & LaForge, R. W. (2020).
Salesmanagement: Analysis and decision making (10th ed.). Routledge, Taylor & Francis
Group.
▪ Kotler, P., & Keller, K. L. (2021). Marketing management (16th, global ed.). Pearson Education

www.iu.org
298 DLBDSEAS02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam or Advanced Workbook, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
100 h 0h 25 h 0h 150 h
25 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio ☑ Guideline
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSESCM 299

Supply Chain Management


Module Code: DLBDSESCM

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Alex Leberling (Supply Chain Management I ) / Sebastian Stütz (Supply Chain Management
II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Supply Chain Management I (DLBDSESCM01)


▪ Supply Chain Management II (DLBDSESCM02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Supply Chain Management I


• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Supply Chain Management II


• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
300 DLBDSESCM

Module Contents

Supply Chain Management I


▪ Historical and terminological aspects of the SCM concept
▪ Motives for the creation of cross-company value creation networks
▪ Design principles and effects of value creation networks
▪ Logistical core processes and SCM
▪ Information technology aspects of the SCM concept
▪ Coordination and collaboration of the network partners
▪ Industry-specific solutions of the SCM

Supply Chain Management II


▪ Strategic aspects of SCM
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Planning Process
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Process of Procurement
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Process Production
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Distribution Process

www.iu.org
DLBDSESCM 301

Learning Outcomes
Supply Chain Management I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the importance of cross-company value creation processes.
▪ understand common concepts for modeling cross-company value creation processes.
▪ understand dynamic effects in supply chains and can systematize their causes and effects.
▪ explain important theoretical concepts for describing the characteristics and challenges of
cross-company value creation processes.
▪ explain the approaches and problem categories commonly used in the context of supply
chain management.
▪ understand important reference and/or management models for the concretization of
supply chain systems.
▪ name and detail important roles and tasks in the SCM network.
▪ deal with the coordination problem of SCM and describe the common solution approaches.

Supply Chain Management II


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ systematically explain the strategic relevance of enterprise-wide value creation processes.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process planning.
▪ systematize the elements and interrelationships in the CPFR model in a differentiated way.
▪ be familiar with the characteristics and peculiarities of contract logistics.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process procurement.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a procurement strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process production.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a modern production strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process distribution.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of the so-called ECR concept.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the Transport &
fields of Logistics & Transportation Logistics fields

www.iu.org
302 DLBDSESCM01

Supply Chain Management I


Course Code: DLBDSESCM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
SCM proves to be an extremely multi-faceted construct from both a theoretical and a practical
point of view. An adequate understanding of the problem dimensions and modes of action of
(global) cross-company value creation networks requires a multidimensional approach. It starts
by considering logistical processes, with modern process, flow, and network standards forming an
important basis for SCM. On the basis of such an approach, students should gain a fundamental
understanding of SCM. From the point of view of a holistic approach, it also makes sense to
also examine a number of other typical problem areas in addition to the logistical challenges of
this concept. This includes IT aspects of SCM (e.g., APS systems), and questions to do with the
collaboration and coordination of network partners. This course also considers selected industry
specific SCM solutions (ECR or VMI).

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the importance of cross-company value creation processes.


▪ understand common concepts for modeling cross-company value creation processes.
▪ understand dynamic effects in supply chains and can systematize their causes and effects.
▪ explain important theoretical concepts for describing the characteristics and challenges of
cross-company value creation processes.
▪ explain the approaches and problem categories commonly used in the context of supply
chain management.
▪ understand important reference and/or management models for the concretization of
supply chain systems.
▪ name and detail important roles and tasks in the SCM network.
▪ deal with the coordination problem of SCM and describe the common solution approaches.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of the Supply Chain Concept
1.1 Terminological and Conceptual Fundamentals
1.2 Supply Chain Typology According to Otto
1.3 Supply Chain Typology According to Bechtel/Jayaram
1.4 Dynamic Aspects of Supply Chains

www.iu.org
DLBDSESCM01 303

2. Selected Theoretical Concepts for the Supply Chain Concept


2.1 New Institutional Economics
2.2 Game Theory
2.3 Network Approach
2.4 Other Theoretical Additions

3. Supply Chain Management


3.1 Basic Information on the Goals and Scope of SCM
3.2 Popular Problem Areas of the SCM
3.3 Supply Chain Management as an Evolutionary Step in Logistics
3.4 Supply Chain Management as Cooperation Management

4. SCM Model
4.1 Basic Information on the Term SCM Models
4.2 SCOR Model
4.3 SCM Task Model

5. SCM as a Coordination Problem


5.1 Basic Information on the Concept of Coordination
5.2 Coordination Concepts, Context, and Perspectives of SCM
5.3 Coordination Instruments

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bowersox, J., Closs, D., & Cooper, M. B. (2020). Supply chain logistics management (5th ed.).
McGraw Hill Education.
▪ Chopra, S., & Meindl, P. (2019). Supply chain management: Strategy, planning, and operation
(7th ed., Global ed.). Pearson Education.
▪ Es-Satty, Asmaa; Lemghari, Radouane; Okar, Chafik. (2020). Supply Chain Digitalization
Overview SCOR model implication. In: 2020 IEEE 13th International Colloquium of Logistics
and Supply Chain Management (LOGISTIQUA) Logistics and Supply Chain Management
(LOGISTIQUA), 2020 IEEE 13th International Colloquium of. :1-7 Dec, 2020; IEEE Language:
English, Datenbank: IEEE Xplore Digital Library.
▪ Tarigan, Z. J. H., Siagian, H., & Jie, F. (2021). Impact of enhanced enterprise resource planning
(ERP) on firm performance through green supply chain management. Sustainability, 13(8),
article 4358.

www.iu.org
304 DLBDSESCM01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSESCM01 305

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
306 DLBDSESCM02

Supply Chain Management II


Course Code: DLBDSESCM02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
From the perspective of strategic management research and practice, the activities covered by the
term SCM are closely related to efforts to build and/or maintain a stable operational competitive
advantage. A fundamental discussion of this relationship forms the starting point for the course.
On this basis, a differentiated analysis of strategy-relevant activities and instruments in the Plan,
Source, Make, Deliver, and Return process categories is then carried out using the SCOR model.
Special attention is given to the practice-relevant areas of SCM, e.g., order-promising (plan),
supplier-relation-management (source), postponement (make), and the ECR-concept (deliver).

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ systematically explain the strategic relevance of enterprise-wide value creation processes.


▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process planning.
▪ systematize the elements and interrelationships in the CPFR model in a differentiated way.
▪ be familiar with the characteristics and peculiarities of contract logistics.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process procurement.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a procurement strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process production.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a modern production strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process distribution.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of the so-called ECR concept.

Contents
1. Strategic Aspects of SCM
1.1 Strategic Thinking and Action: General Information
1.2 Competition Focus and SCM
1.3 Competition Location and SCM
1.4 Competition Rules and SCM

2. SCM Practice: Core Process Planning


2.1 General Preliminary Considerations
2.2 Collaborative Planning, Forecasting, and Replenishment
2.3 Order Promoting

www.iu.org
DLBDSESCM02 307

2.4 Kanban
2.5 Integration of X-PL Logistics Service Providers

3. SCM Practice: Core Process Procurement


3.1 General Preliminary Considerations
3.2 Production Synchronous Procurement
3.3 Sourcing Concepts
3.4 Supplier Relations Management

4. SCM Practice: Core Process Production


4.1 Selected Aspects of the Problem Background
4.2 Collaborative Engineering
4.3 Postponement Strategies
4.4 Value Added Partnership

5. SCM Practice: Core Process Distribution


5.1 Basic Information on the Distribution Problem
5.2 Efficient Consumer Response (ECR)
5.3 Consignment Warehouse

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Chopra, S. (2019). Supply chain management: Strategy, planning and operation (Global
ed., 7thed.). Pearson.
▪ Hill, A., & Hill, T. (2018). Essential operations management (2nd ed.). Palgrave.
▪ Hugos, M. (2011). Essentials of supply chain management (3rd ed.). John Wiley & Sons.

www.iu.org
308 DLBDSESCM02

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSESCM02 309

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
310 DLBCSEITPAM

IT project and architecture management


Module Code: DLBCSEITPAM

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Johannes Kent Walter (IT Project Management) / Prof. Dr. Sebastian Lempert (IT Architecture
Management)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ IT Project Management (DLBCSEITPAM01)


▪ IT Architecture Management (DLBCSEITPAM02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

IT Project Management
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes

IT Architecture Management
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBCSEITPAM 311

Module Contents

IT Project Management
▪ Basic terms and foundations of IT project management
▪ Large and small planning techniques
▪ Techniques for prioritization, cost-estimation, and project controlling
▪ Techniques for stakeholder, communication, and risk management
▪ Organization and structure in IT project management
▪ Schools of thought in IT project management

IT Architecture Management
▪ Basic terms and foundations of IT enterprise architectures management
▪ IT application portfolio management
▪ Architecture governance
▪ Modeling of IT enterprise architectures
▪ Frameworks using TOGAF as an example
▪ Reference models and sample catalogues

Learning Outcomes
IT Project Management
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain and differentiate between the basic principles and tasks of IT project management.
▪ explain the important practical techniques and methods necessary for the implementation
of IT project management.
▪ describe the basic procedural models and explain their advantages and disadvantages as
well as their possible applications.
▪ identify possible project risks on the basis of given practical scenarios and select suitable
measures from IT project management in order to minimize them in a targeted manner.

IT Architecture Management
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ describe and explain the basic principles of IT strategy, governance, and architecture
management, differentiating between them.
▪ explain and differentiate the typical activities of IT architecture management, their
interrelationships, and their dependencies.
▪ explain suitable models of IT architecture management, distinguish between them, and
explain their intended purpose.
▪ explain and describe selected IT architectural frameworks as well as reference models and
sample catalogues.

www.iu.org
312 DLBCSEITPAM

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
the field of Computer Science & Software Technology field.
Developement.

www.iu.org
DLBCSEITPAM01 313

IT Project Management
Course Code: DLBCSEITPAM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
In this course, typical problems in the management of Software projects are discussed and the
methods and techniques used to address challenges conveyed.In addition, standard procedural
models for IT project management are explained and their strengths and weaknesses specifically
identified.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain and differentiate between the basic principles and tasks of IT project management.
▪ explain the important practical techniques and methods necessary for the implementation
of IT project management.
▪ describe the basic procedural models and explain their advantages and disadvantages as
well as their possible applications.
▪ identify possible project risks on the basis of given practical scenarios and select suitable
measures from IT project management in order to minimize them in a targeted manner.

Contents
1. Basics Terms and Foundations of IT Project Management
1.1 Definition of a Project and Types of IT Projects
1.2 IT Project Lifecycle
1.3 Multi-Project Management – The Project in the Context of the Organization

2. Planning Techniques
2.1 Large-Scale Planning: Milestones, Sub-tasks, and Work Packages
2.2 Large-Scale Planning: Gantt Charts
2.3 Planning and Organization of Work Packages: Kanban Board

3. Prioritization, Estimation of Costs, Project Controlling


3.1 Prioritization
3.2 Estimation of Costs
3.3 Project Controlling

www.iu.org
314 DLBCSEITPAM01

4. Stakeholder, Communication and Risk Management


4.1 Stakeholder Management
4.2 Communication Management
4.3 Risk Management

5. Organization and Structure in IT Project Management


5.1 Overview and Levels of Management from PRINCE2
5.2 Management Processes in PRINCE2
5.3 Pragmatic IT Project Management (PITPM)
5.4 Configuration of an IT Project in PITPM
5.5 Management of a project in PITPM

6. Schools of Thought in IT Project Management


6.1 Agile Software Development
6.2 Value-Based Software Engineering

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Project Management Institute. (2021). A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge
(PMBOK® Guide) – Seventh Edition and The Standard for Project Management (ENGLISH): Vol.
Seventh edition. Project Management Institute.

www.iu.org
DLBCSEITPAM01 315

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
316 DLBCSEITPAM01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBCSEITPAM02 317

IT Architecture Management
Course Code: DLBCSEITPAM02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
In addition to concrete IT projects, such as the development of a new IT system or the
introduction of standard software, a strategic management system for organizational-wide IT
infrastructure – that is, for all IT hardware and software systems – must be used.Strategic
management is the responsibility of the IT enterprise architect, who operates IT architecture
management. Their task is to strategically align IT infrastructure with an organization's business
and IT strategy.This course covers the typical concepts, methods, procedures, and IT models of
architecture management.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ describe and explain the basic principles of IT strategy, governance, and architecture
management, differentiating between them.
▪ explain and differentiate the typical activities of IT architecture management, their
interrelationships, and their dependencies.
▪ explain suitable models of IT architecture management, distinguish between them, and
explain their intended purpose.
▪ explain and describe selected IT architectural frameworks as well as reference models and
sample catalogues.

Contents
1. Basic Terms and Foundation for the Management of IT Enterprise Architectures
1.1 IT Enterprise Architecture
1.2 Goals of Enterprise Architecture Management
1.3 Processes in the Management of IT Enterprise Architectures

2. IT Application Portfolio Management


2.1 IT Application Portfolio Management Overview
2.2 Application Manual
2.3 Portfolio Analysis
2.4 Development Planning

3. Architecture Governance

www.iu.org
318 DLBCSEITPAM02

3.1 Organizational Structure


3.2 Policy Development and Enforcement
3.3 Project Support

4. Modeling of IT Enterprise Architectures


4.1 Models in the Context of IT Architecture Management
4.2 Forms of Documentation for Processes and Applications
4.3 Forms of Documentation for Systems and Technologies

5. Frameworks Using the Example of TOGAF


5.1 Fundamentals and Use of IT Architecture Frameworks
5.2 Overview and Categories of EAM Frameworks
5.3 The Open Group Architecture Framework (TOGAF)

6. Reference Models and Sample Catalogues


6.1 Architecture Reference Models
6.2 EAM Design Sample Catalogue

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Ahlemann, F., Messerschmidt, M., Stettiner, E., & Legner, C. (2012). Strategic enterprise
architecture management. Challenges, best practices, and future developments. Springer-
Verlag.
▪ Perroud, T., & Inversini, R. (2013). Enterprise architecture patterns: Practical solutions for
recurring IT-architecture problems. Springer.

www.iu.org
DLBCSEITPAM02 319

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
320 DLBCSEITPAM02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBKPSWPMCI_E 321

Psychology of Human Computer Interaction


Module Code: DLBKPSWPMCI_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Kristina Schaaff (Experience Psychology) / Prof. Dr. Janki Dodiya (Human Computer
Interaction)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Experience Psychology (DLBUXEP01_E)


▪ Human Computer Interaction (DLBUXHCI01_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Experience Psychology
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Human Computer Interaction


• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
322 DLBKPSWPMCI_E

Module Contents

Experience Psychology
▪ Physiological and Psychological Basics of User Experience
▪ Future Human-Machine Relationships based on Artificial Intelligence
▪ Emotional Impact of Design
▪ User Experience regarding Design Aspects

Human Computer Interaction


▪ Basics of Human Information Processing
▪ Physiological and Psychological Aspects of Human Perception, Cognition and Behavior
▪ Technical Framework of Human-Computer Interaction
▪ Trends in Human-Computer Interaction

Learning Outcomes
Experience Psychology
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ outline physiological and psychological basics of user experience.
▪ understand the emotional impact of design and typography and apply them to specific fields.
▪ apply principles of Emotional Design.
▪ understand developments in the human-machine relationship based on future technologies
such as artificial intelligence.
▪ understand and apply aspects of user experience design.

Human Computer Interaction


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the human basics of perception, information processing, cognition, and motor
skills in order to apply them for a user-friendly design of user interfaces.
▪ understand technical frameworks in the design of user interfaces.
▪ know and analyze current trends in human-computer interaction.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in All Bachelor Programs in the Social Sciences
the fields Psychology and Computer Science & and IT & Technology fields
Software Development

www.iu.org
DLBUXEP01_E 323

Experience Psychology
Course Code: DLBUXEP01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The aim is to teach students the psychological and physiological principles of humans, which
are of great importance for the design of digital products and services. First, an overview of
the psychological aspects of user experience is given. In addition to emotions, motives and
personality traits, the functions of the brain are also discussed. Furthermore, the course teaches
the emotional effect that can be created through the use of images, colors and shapes as
well as typography. Principles of Emotional Design are taught. In addition, the effect of future
technologies such as artificial intelligence in the human-machine relationship will be discussed. A
final focus will be placed on design and its importance for user experience.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ outline physiological and psychological basics of user experience.


▪ understand the emotional impact of design and typography and apply them to specific fields.
▪ apply principles of Emotional Design.
▪ understand developments in the human-machine relationship based on future technologies
such as artificial intelligence.
▪ understand and apply aspects of user experience design.

Contents
1. Basics and Explanations of Terms
1.1 Explanation of terms
1.2 User Experience over Time
1.3 Interaction of Psychology and Design

2. How "Experience" Works in the Brain


2.1 Anatomy of the Human Brain
2.2 Limbic System
2.3 Main Components of a Nerve Cell
2.4 Brain Research and Marketing Myths

3. Personal Drivers: Emotions, Motives and Personality Traits


3.1 Reward and Avoidance System

www.iu.org
324 DLBUXEP01_E

3.2 Motives and Goals


3.3 Personality Traits of the Human Being
3.4 Relevance, Credibility and Differentiation

4. Emotional Design: Retrospect and Future


4.1 Different Levels of Emotional Design
4.2 Design Principles of Emotional Design
4.3 Emotional Design and Technology
4.4 Emotion and Artificial Intelligence
4.5 The Future of the Human-Machine Relationship

5. How Design works


5.1 Effect of Images
5.2 Effect of Colors
5.3 Effect of Shapes

6. How typography works


6.1 Basics of Typography
6.2 Effect of Typography
6.3 Target use of Typography

7. Design of User Experience


7.1 From User-Friendliness to Information Experience
7.2 Design of the Flow Experience
7.3 The Role of Aesthetics
7.4 Emotional Inspiration

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Evans, D. C. (2017). Bottlenecks: Aligning UX design with user psychology. Apress, Springer
Science + Business Media.
▪ Kahneman, D. (2011). Thinking, fast and slow. Penguin Books.
▪ Norman, D. (2013). The design of everyday things (Revised and expanded ed.). Basic Books.
▪ Turner, P. (2017). A psychology of user experience. In Human Computer Interaction Series.
Springer International Publishing.

www.iu.org
DLBUXEP01_E 325

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
326 DLBUXHCI01_E

Human Computer Interaction


Course Code: DLBUXHCI01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The objective of this course is to teach students fundamental aspects of interaction between
humans and computers. For a user-friendly design of interfaces on computers, machines and
devices, a precise knowledge of human abilities and skills is necessary. The main focus of the
course is on teaching the basics of human information processing. Special attention is paid to
the physiological and psychological aspects of perception, cognition and motor skills. In addition
to basics from a human perspective, the technical conditions for the machine perspective will be
introduced. Finally, trends in human-computer interaction will be discussed.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the human basics of perception, information processing, cognition, and motor
skills in order to apply them for a user-friendly design of user interfaces.
▪ understand technical frameworks in the design of user interfaces.
▪ know and analyze current trends in human-computer interaction.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of Human-Computer Interaction
1.1 Definitions
1.2 Challenges in Human Computer Interaction
1.3 Basic Models of Human Information Processing

2. Perception
2.1 Sight and Visual Perception
2.2 „Gestaltpsychology“ laws
2.3 Attentive and Preattentive Perception
2.4 Auditory Sense and Auditory Perception
2.5 Sense of Touch and Proprioception
2.6 Smell and Taste Perception

3. Cognition, Motor Skills


3.1 Memory Types and Cognitive Processes

www.iu.org
DLBUXHCI01_E 327

3.2 Stress due to Multiple Tasks


3.3 Measuring Cognitive Load
3.4 Decision Making and Speed
3.5 Motor Skills

4. Mental Models and Errors


4.1 Mental Models
4.2 User Error
4.3 Basic Types of Errors
4.4 Murphy's Law

5. Technical Framework
5.1 Visual Representation and Spatial Resolution
5.2 Temporal Resolution
5.3 Representation of Color and Brightness
5.4 Acoustic Representation
5.5 Moore's Law

6. Aspects of the Interaction with Socio-Technical systems


6.1 Overview of Interaction Styles
6.2 Acceptance
6.3 Trust
6.4 Security and Data Protection

7. Trends in Human-Computer Interaction


7.1 Intelligent Systems
7.2 Ubiquitous Computing
7.3 Augmented Reality
7.4 Multimodal Interaction
7.5 Haptics

www.iu.org
328 DLBUXHCI01_E

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Sharp, H./Preece, J./Rogers, Y. (2019): Interaction Design: Beyond Human-Computer
Interaction. 5. Auflage, John Wiley & Sons, Indianapolis.
▪ Shneiderman, B./Plaisant, C./Cohen, M./Jacobs, S./Elmqvist, N./Diakopoulos, N. (2017):
Designing the User Interface: Strategies for Effective Human-Computer Interaction. 6. Auflage,
Pearson, Harlow.
▪ Stanton, N./Salmon, P.M./Rafferty, L.A./Walker, F.H./Baber, Ch./Jenkins, D.P.. (2017): Human
Factors Methods: A Practical Guide for Engineering and Design. 2. Auflage, CRC Press Taylor &
Francis Group, Boca Raton

www.iu.org
DLBUXHCI01_E 329

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
330 DLBDSEAD

Autonomous Driving
Module Code: DLBDSEAD

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Ha Ngo (Self-Driving Vehicles) / Ha Ngo (Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving
Technology)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Self-Driving Vehicles (DLBDSEAD01)


▪ Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology (DLBDSEAD02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Self-Driving Vehicles
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-


Driving Technology
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Written
Assessment: Research Essay

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAD 331

Module Contents

Self-Driving Vehicles
▪ Safety standards
▪ Sensor fusion
▪ Computer vision
▪ Localization & motion
▪ Motion planning

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology

The seminar covers current topics of autonomous vehicles. The choice of topics can include (but
are not limited to) recent technical advances as well as philosophical issues or implications for
society, law, or relevant industries.

Learning Outcomes
Self-Driving Vehicles
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ cite relevant safety standards.
▪ grasp the concepts of sensors and sensor fusion.
▪ apply computer vision techniques to detect features.
▪ evaluate images in terms of semantic segmentation.
▪ understand motion models and localization approaches.
▪ utilize motion planning techniques.

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ transfer theoretical knowledge and methods to new domains.
▪ understand recent developments in self-driving vehicles.
▪ create new insights based on detailed studies of current research and technology.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
field of Engineering fields

www.iu.org
332 DLBDSEAD01

Self-Driving Vehicles
Course Code: DLBDSEAD01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course focuses on the foundations of autonomous vehicles and starts with a detailed
introduction to relevant safety standards in terms of functional and IT security.This course
continues with a presentation of the concept of sensor fusion and discusses relevant aspects of
computer vision techniques such as feature detection, calibration, and semantic segmentation.A
large part of the course concerns localization and motion planning. Relevant motion models
are introduced and localization techniques such as odometry, triangulation, and satellite-based
systems are discussed in detail, along with path planning, motion prediction, and trajectory
generation.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ cite relevant safety standards.


▪ grasp the concepts of sensors and sensor fusion.
▪ apply computer vision techniques to detect features.
▪ evaluate images in terms of semantic segmentation.
▪ understand motion models and localization approaches.
▪ utilize motion planning techniques.

Contents
1. Sensors
1.1 Physical principles of sensors
1.2 Types of sensors
1.3 Sensor calibration
1.4 Application scenarios

2. Sensor Fusion
2.1 Elaborating data from sensors
2.2 The Kalman filter
2.3 Object tracking

3. Computer Vision
3.1 Pixels and filters

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAD01 333

3.2 Feature detection


3.3 Semantic segmentation

4. Localization & Motion


4.1 Motion models
4.2 Trilateration
4.3 Satellite-based localization

5. Motion planning
5.1 Mission planning
5.2 Behavior Planning
5.3 Local Planning

6. Safety Standards
6.1 Functional Safety
6.2 Safety of Intended Functionality
6.3 IT Security

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Sciavicco, L., Villani, L., Oriolo, G., & Siciliano, B. (2009). Robotics : modelling, planning
andcontrol. Springer.
▪ Thrun, S. (2002). Probabilistic robotics. Communications of the ACM, 45(3), 52-57.
▪ LaValle, S. M. (2006). Planning algorithms. Cambridge University Press.
▪ Watzenig, D., & Horn, M. (2016). Automated driving: Safer and more efficient future driving.
Springer.

www.iu.org
334 DLBDSEAD01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAD02 335

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving


Technology
Course Code: DLBDSEAD02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This courses focuses on recent developments in the field of self-driving vehicles. Following the
course Self-Driving Vehicles (DLBDSEAD01), in this course students will focus on a particular topic
in the context of autonomous driving, applying the knowledge they have obtained in the first
course.Finally, a research essay will be written.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ transfer theoretical knowledge and methods to new domains.


▪ understand recent developments in self-driving vehicles.
▪ create new insights based on detailed studies of current research and technology.

Contents
▪ The seminar covers current topics of autonomous vehicles. The choice of topics can include
(but are not limited to) recent technical advances as well as philosophical issues or
implications for society, law, or relevant industries.

www.iu.org
336 DLBDSEAD02

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Ben-Ari, M./Mondada, F. (2018): Elements of robotics. Springer, Cham.
▪ European Union. (2001): Directive 2001/95/EG. (Available on the Internet)
▪ Fisher, R. B., et al. (2016): Dictionary of computer vision and image processing. John Wiley &
Sons, Chichester.
▪ Smith, D. J./Simpson, K. (2016): The safety critical systems handbook. 4th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Smith, D. J. (2017): Reliability, maintainability, and risk. 9th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Society of Automobile Engineers International. (2012): SAE J3061. (Available on the Internet)
▪ Szelski, R. (2022): Computer vision: Algorithms and applications. 2nd ed., Springer VS,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Wang, P. K.-C. (2015): Visibility-based optimal path and motion planning (vol. 568). Springer,
Cham.

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAD02 337

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Seminar

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Research Essay

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Slides ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint

www.iu.org
338 DLBDSEAR

Production Engineering, Automation and Robotics


Module Code: DLBDSEAR

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum ▪ none BA 10 300 h
▪ DLBDSEAR01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Hans Kerwat (Production Engineering) / Ha Ngo (Automation and Robotics)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Production Engineering (DLBDSEAR01)


▪ Automation and Robotics (DLBDSEAR02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Production Engineering
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Automation and Robotics


• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes (50)

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAR 339

Module Contents

Production Engineering
▪ Introduction to Manufacturing Technology
▪ Main Production Groups According to DIN 8580
▪ Additive Manufacturing Processes
▪ Rapid Prototyping
▪ Rapid Tooling
▪ Direct/Rapid Manufacturing
▪ Cyber-Physical Production Plants

Automation and Robotics


▪ Basics of Automation
▪ Fundamentals of Measurement Technology
▪ Sensors
▪ Basics of Control Engineering
▪ Basics of Control Technology
▪ Introduction to Robotics
▪ Kinematics of a Robot

www.iu.org
340 DLBDSEAR

Learning Outcomes
Production Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the basic concepts and interrelationships of production engineering.
▪ understand current changes in manufacturing technology due to technologies such as
additive manufacturing and megatrends such as cyber physical systems.
▪ assign different manufacturing processes to the main manufacturing groups according to DIN
8580.
▪ understand the basic principle of additive manufacturing processes.
▪ distinguish between different additive manufacturing processes.
▪ understand the terms Rapid Prototyping, Rapid Tooling, and Direct Manufacturing and name
individual processes and application examples.
▪ understand the elements and properties of cyber-physical production plants.

Automation and Robotics


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the basic aspects of automation.
▪ understand the different sizes and units in measurement technology.
▪ differentiate between different measurement methods.
▪ understand the basic structure of measuring equipment.
▪ select a suitable sensor based on various criteria.
▪ understand the elements of control systems.
▪ describe the behavior of control systems in the time and frequency domain.
▪ understand the basic principles of control technology.
▪ convert between different number systems and apply Boolean algebra.
▪ understand the structure of switching networks, plants, and storages.
▪ understand important elements of control systems such as signal generators and power
amplifiers.
▪ design simple programmable logic controllers.
▪ understand the basic structure of industrial robots.
▪ calculate different movements and positions of jointed-arm robots.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
This module is similar to other modules in the fields
field of Engineering

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAR01 341

Production Engineering
Course Code: DLBDSEAR01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The aim of the course is to provide students with an overview of the processes that have
influenced and still influence production processes through technological developments under
the generic term Industry 4.0, based on traditional, standardized manufacturing techniques. These
include, in particular, technological advances in additive manufacturing processes that enable
applications such as rapid prototyping, rapid tooling, and direct manufacturing. Finally, the course
deals with the consequences of the digitalization and networking of production facilities and their
elements in the sense of a cyber-physical system.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the basic concepts and interrelationships of production engineering.


▪ understand current changes in manufacturing technology due to technologies such as
additive manufacturing and megatrends such as cyber physical systems.
▪ assign different manufacturing processes to the main manufacturing groups according to DIN
8580.
▪ understand the basic principle of additive manufacturing processes.
▪ distinguish between different additive manufacturing processes.
▪ understand the terms Rapid Prototyping, Rapid Tooling, and Direct Manufacturing and name
individual processes and application examples.
▪ understand the elements and properties of cyber-physical production plants.

Contents
1. Introduction to Manufacturing Technology
1.1 Basic Terms and Contexts in Manufacturing Theory
1.2 Historical Development of Production
1.3 The Discussion About the Long Tail

2. Classification Of Manufacturing Processes


2.1 Casting and Molding
2.2 Forming
2.3 Machining
2.4 Joining

www.iu.org
342 DLBDSEAR01

2.5 Coating
2.6 Changing the Properties of Substances

3. Additive Manufacturing Processes


3.1 Basic Principles and Legal Aspects
3.2 Stereolithography (STL)
3.3 Selective Laser Sintering and Selective Beam Melting With Laser or Electron Beam
3.4 Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM)
3.5 Multi-Jet Modeling (MJM) and Poly-Jet Process (PJM)
3.6 3D Printing Process (3DP)
3.7 Laminating Processes
3.8 Mask Sintering

4. Rapid Prototyping
4.1 Definition
4.2 Strategic and Operational Aspects
4.3 Application Areas and Examples

5. Rapid Tooling
5.1 Definition, Strategic, and Operational Aspects
5.2 Indirect and Direct Procedures

6. Direct/Rapid Manufacturing
6.1 Potentials and Requirements for Procedures
6.2 Implementation, Application Areas, and Examples

7. Cyber-Physical Production Plants


7.1 Derivation of the Terms Industry 4.0 and Cyber-Physical Systems
7.2 Megatrend Cyber Physical Systems (CPS)
7.3 Definition Cyber-Physical Production Plant
7.4 Effects on Planning and Operation of Production Facilities
7.5 Dynamic Reconfiguration and Migration of Production Facilities

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAR01 343

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Anderson, C. (2012). Makers: The new industrial revolution. Crown Business.
▪ Gebhardt, A., Kessler, J. & Thurn, L.
(2019). 3D printing: Understanding additive manufacturing (2nd ed). Hanser.
▪ Groover, M. P. (2012). Fundamentals of modern manufacturing: Materials, processes,
and systems (5th ed.). Wiley.

www.iu.org
344 DLBDSEAR01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAR01 345

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
346 DLBDSEAR02

Automation and Robotics


Course Code: DLBDSEAR02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSEAR01
English

Course Description
The aim of the course is to provide students with an insight into measurement, control, and
regulation technology and convey the basics of robotics. Students will be taught which methods
can be used to determine certain measured variables and how measurement errors are dealt
with. Based on these fundamentals, various sensors will be presented and students will be able
to select suitable sensors based on predefined criteria. The course also introduces students to
the basics of control engineering. The different ways of describing the structure and behaviour of
control systems are illustrated to the students. The basics of control engineering are also taught.
The students receive a short introduction to binary number systems and Boolean algebra, and
deal with various basal circuit and control elements. Finally, students will gain an insight into
robotics with a focus on industrial robots. In this context, the students learn the description and
calculation of positions and movements of individual limbs of a robot arm.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the basic aspects of automation.


▪ understand the different sizes and units in measurement technology.
▪ differentiate between different measurement methods.
▪ understand the basic structure of measuring equipment.
▪ select a suitable sensor based on various criteria.
▪ understand the elements of control systems.
▪ describe the behavior of control systems in the time and frequency domain.
▪ understand the basic principles of control technology.
▪ convert between different number systems and apply Boolean algebra.
▪ understand the structure of switching networks, plants, and storages.
▪ understand important elements of control systems such as signal generators and power
amplifiers.
▪ design simple programmable logic controllers.
▪ understand the basic structure of industrial robots.
▪ calculate different movements and positions of jointed-arm robots.

Contents
1. Basics of Automation
1.1 Basic Terms

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAR02 347

1.2 Economic Aspects


1.3 Automation Pyramid
1.4 Measuring, Control, and Regulation Systems

2. Fundamentals of Measurement Technology


2.1 Measurands and Units
2.2 Forms of Measurement Signals
2.3 Measurement Techniques
2.4 Measuring Equipment
2.5 Evaluation of Measurements and Measurement Errors

3. Sensors
3.1 Function and Elements of Sensors
3.2 Criteria for the Selection of Sensors
3.3 Proximity Switches
3.4 Photoelectric Sensors
3.5 Ultrasonic Sensors
3.6 Rotary Encoder
3.7 Force, Torque, and Pressure Gauges
3.8 Temperature Sensors
3.9 Image Processing Sensors

4. Basics of Control Engineering


4.1 Elements of Control Systems
4.2 Structure Description
4.3 Static Behavioral Description
4.4 Behavioral Description in the Time Domain
4.5 Behavioral Description in the Frequency Domain
4.6 Practical examples

5. Basics of Control Technology


5.1 Basic Principle and Elements of Control Systems
5.2 Numerical Representations
5.3 Boolean Algebra
5.4 Switching Networks, Plants, and Storage Facilities
5.5 Signal Generators and Power Amplifiers
5.6 Programmable Logic Controllers
5.7 Connection-Programmed Controls

www.iu.org
348 DLBDSEAR02

6. Introduction to Robotics
6.1 Terms and Classification
6.2 Basic Elements
6.3 Classification of Robots

7. Kinematics of a Robot
7.1 Coordinate Systems and Reference Points
7.2 Rotations
7.3 Forward and Reverse Transformations
7.4 Denavit-Hartenberg Transformation

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Gardner, R. (2021). Introduction to plant automation and controls. Taylor & Francis.
▪ Jazar, R. (2010). Theory of applied robotics: Kinematics, dynamics, and control (2nd ed.).
Springer.
▪ Moir, T. (2020). Feedback. Springer.
▪ Morris, A. S., & Langari, R. (2020). Measurement and instrumentation: Theory and
application (3rded.). Academic Press.
▪ Tse, F. S., & Morse, I. E. (2009). Measurement and instrumentation in engineering. CRC Press.

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAR02 349

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
350 DLBDSEDE

Data Engineer
Module Code: DLBDSEDE

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimaldauer: WiSe/SoSe
1 Semester English

Module Coordinator
Sahar Qaadan (Data Engineering ) / Sahar Qaadan (Project: Data Engineering)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Data Engineering (DLBDSEDE01)


▪ Project: Data Engineering (DLBDSEDE02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Data Engineering
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "On Campus": Exam, 90 Minutes

Project: Data Engineering


• Study Format "Distance Learning": Portfolio
• Study Format "On Campus": Portfolio
• Study Format "myStudies": Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDE 351

Module Contents

Data Engineering
▪ understand important foundational concepts in data engineering.
▪ recognize established and commonly-employed NoSQL datastores and their salient
characteristics.
▪ comprehend common architectural patterns for data processing at scale.
▪ explain the concept of containerization as a virtualization approach.
▪ analyze operational challenges in the set-up and maintenance of data pipelines.
▪ demonstrate familiarity with concepts relating to data security and protection.

Project: Data Engineering


▪ formulate and implement a real-world data engineering use case.
▪ select appropriate resources for the task at hand.
▪ transfer acquired specialized knowledge in data engineering to a real-world use case.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ analyze the suitability of different solution options with respect to the project task.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.

Learning Outcomes
Data Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand important foundational concepts in data engineering.
▪ recognize established and commonly-employed NoSQL datastores and their salient
characteristics.
▪ comprehend common architectural patterns for data processing at scale.
▪ explain the concept of containerization as a virtualization approach.
▪ analyze operational challenges in the set-up and maintenance of data pipelines.
▪ demonstrate familiarity with concepts relating to data security and protection.

Project: Data Engineering


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ formulate and implement a real-world data engineering use case.
▪ select appropriate resources for the task at hand.
▪ transfer acquired specialized knowledge in data engineering to a real-world use case.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ analyze the suitability of different solution options with respect to the project task.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
field(s) of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence. field(s).

www.iu.org
352 DLBDSEDE01

Data Engineering
Course Code: DLBDSEDE01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course explores concepts of data engineering. Data engineering is concerned with the
infrastructure aspects of data science such as data storage and provision, as well as the
provisioning of suitable operational environments.After laying out foundational notions and
concepts of the discipline, this course addresses important developments in storage technology;
aspects of systems architecture for processing data at scale; containerization as a modern take on
virtualization; and the logic of data pipelines and associated operational aspects. Important issues
pertaining to data security and protection are also given appropriate attention.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand important foundational concepts in data engineering.


▪ recognize established and commonly-employed NoSQL datastores and their salient
characteristics.
▪ comprehend common architectural patterns for data processing at scale.
▪ explain the concept of containerization as a virtualization approach.
▪ analyze operational challenges in the set-up and maintenance of data pipelines.
▪ demonstrate familiarity with concepts relating to data security and protection.

Contents
1. Foundations of Data Engineering
1.1 Reliability
1.2 Scalability
1.3 Maintainability

2. NoSQL In Depth
2.1 Fundamentals of NoSQL
2.2 Established NoSQL solutions

3. Architectures for Data Processing at Scale


3.1 Batch processing architectures
3.2 Architectures for stream and complex event processing
3.3 Lambda architecture

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDE01 353

4. Containerization In Depth
4.1 Docker containers
4.2 Container management

5. Governance & Security


5.1 Data protection
5.2 Data security
5.3 Data governance

6. Operational Aspects
6.1 Defining principles of DataOps
6.2 Building and maintaining data pipelines
6.3 Metrics and monitoring

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Adkins, H., Beyer, B., Blankinship, P., Lewandowski, P., Oprea, A., & Stubblefield, A.
(2020). Building secure and reliable systems. O’Reilly.
▪ Franks, B. (2020). 97 things about ethics everyone in data science should know. O’Reilly.
▪ Kane, S. P., & Matthias, K. (2018). Docker: Up and running (2nd ed.). O’Reilly.
▪ Kleppmann, M. (2017). Designing data-intensive applications: The big ideas behind reliable,
scalable, and maintainable systems. O’Reilly.
▪ Narkhede, N., Palino, T., & Shapira, G. (2017). Kafka: The definitive guide. O’Reilly.

www.iu.org
354 DLBDSEDE01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDE01 355

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
356 DLBDSEDE01

Study Format On Campus

Study Format Course Type


On Campus Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support
☑ Course Feed
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDE02 357

Project: Data Engineering


Course Code: DLBDSEDE02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The focus of this course is the implementation of a real-world data engineering use case in
the form of a student portfolio. To this end, students choose a project subject from the various
sub-domains of data engineering. Examples include setting up a Docker container environment
or dockerized service; implementing a data pipeline according to DataOps principles; and setting
up an NoSQL data store.The goal is for students to demonstrate they can transfer theoretical
knowledge to an implementation scenario that closely mimics practical work in a professional
data engineering setting.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ formulate and implement a real-world data engineering use case.


▪ select appropriate resources for the task at hand.
▪ transfer acquired specialized knowledge in data engineering to a real-world use case.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ analyze the suitability of different solution options with respect to the project task.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.

Contents
▪ This course covers the practical implementation of approaches and techniques covered in
the preceding methodological course in a project-oriented setting. Each participant must
produce a portfolio detailing and documenting the work. Porfolio themes are chosen from a
list, or suggested by the students in accord with the tutor.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Kleppmann, Martin (2017): Designing data-intensive applications. The big ideas behind
reliable, scalable, and maintainable systems. 1st Edition. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly.
▪ Kane, Sean P.; Matthias, Karl (2018): Docker. Shipping Reliable Containers in Production. 2nd
Edition. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly.

www.iu.org
358 DLBDSEDE02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Slides ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDE02 359

Study Format On Campus

Study Format Course Type


On Campus

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support
☑ Course Feed
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
360 DLBDSEDE02

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support
☑ Course Feed
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBAIEDSPST 361

Digital Signal Processing and Sensor Technology


Module Code: DLBAIEDSPST

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Matthias Eifler (Digital Signal Processing) / Prof. Dr. Matthias Eifler (Sensor Technology)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Digital Signal Processing (DLBROEICR01_E)


▪ Sensor Technology (DLBROST01_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Digital Signal Processing


• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes (50)

Sensor Technology
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
362 DLBAIEDSPST

Module Contents

Digital Signal Processing


▪ Signal sampling and quantization
▪ Digital signals and systems
▪ Discrete Fourier Transform
▪ z-Transform
▪ Digital signal processing and filters

Sensor Technology
▪ Sensors and transducers
▪ Resistive, capacitive, inductive, optical and acoustic sensor effects
▪ Transduction platforms and sensor systems
▪ Applications
▪ Advanced sensors

Learning Outcomes
Digital Signal Processing
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ analyze discrete time systems.
▪ apply analysis tools such as the Discrete Fourier Transform.
▪ apply the z-Transform.
▪ analyze properties of discrete systems.
▪ design finite and infinite impulse response filters.
▪ implement filters in hardware and software.

Sensor Technology
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the main sensor characteristics.
▪ read and understand a typical sensor data sheet.
▪ understand sensor effects.
▪ understand and characterize sensor platforms.
▪ select the appropriate sensor technology for a given application.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
field of Engineering fields

www.iu.org
DLBROEICR01_E 363

Digital Signal Processing


Course Code: DLBROEICR01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Digital signal processing enables digital audio and video extraction, as well as extraction of
important features from any other kind of signal, for instance medial imagery or diagnostic tools.
This course provides the students with expertise on the theory and practice of digital signal
processing. In the first part, theoretical concepts are introduced, presenting the main tools for
analysis of digital, i.e., sampled or discrete-time systems. The core of digital signal processing
resides in the design of a digital filter. The second part of the course focuses on different filter-
design approaches, i.e. a discussion on finite impulse response and infinite impulse response
filters. The last part gives important insights into the hardware and software implementation of
digital signal processing, bridging theory with applied practice.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ analyze discrete time systems.


▪ apply analysis tools such as the Discrete Fourier Transform.
▪ apply the z-Transform.
▪ analyze properties of discrete systems.
▪ design finite and infinite impulse response filters.
▪ implement filters in hardware and software.

Contents
1. Introduction
1.1 Basic Concepts
1.2 Applications

2. Signal Sampling and Quantization


2.1 Sampling
2.2 Signal reconstruction
2.3 Analog-to-digital Conversion
2.4 Digital-to-Analog Conversion
2.5 Quantization

3. Digital Signals and Systems

www.iu.org
364 DLBROEICR01_E

3.1 Digital Signals


3.2 Difference Equations and Impulse Responses
3.3 BIBO-Stability
3.4 Digital Convolution

4. Discrete Fourier Transform


4.1 Discrete Fourier Transform
4.2 Amplitude and Power Spectrum
4.3 Spectral Estimation

5. The z-Transform
5.1 Definition
5.2 Properties
5.3 Inverse z-Transform
5.4 Solution of Difference Equations

6. Digital Signal Processing Systems and Filters


6.1 Difference Equation and Transfer Function
6.2 Poles, Zeros and Stability
6.3 Digital Filter Frequency Response
6.4 Basic Filtering
6.5 Realization of Digital Filters
6.6 Applications

7. Finite Impulse Response Filter Design


7.1 Basics
7.2 Fourier Transform Design
7.3 Window Method
7.4 Frequency Sampling Design Method
7.5 Optimal Design Method
7.6 Applications

8. Infinite Impulse Response Filter Design


8.1 Basics
8.2 Bilinear Transformation Design Method
8.3 Butterworth and Chebyschev Filter Designs
8.4 Higher-Order Infinite Impulse Response Filter Design
8.5 Pole-Zero Placement for Simple Filters

www.iu.org
DLBROEICR01_E 365

8.6 Applications

9. Hardware and Software for Digital Signal Processing


9.1 Digital Signal Processor Architecture
9.2 Digital Signal Processor Hardware Units
9.3 Fixed-Point and Floating-Point Formats
9.4 Implementation of FIR and IIR Filters in Fixed-Point
9.5 DSP Programming Examples

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Manolakis, D. G./Ingle, V. K. (2011): Applied digital signal processing: theory and practice.
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
▪ Tan, L./Jiang, J. (2013): Digital signal processing: fundamentals and applications. 2nd ed.,
Academic Press, Cambridge, MS.
▪ Vetterli, M./Kovačević, J./Goyal, V. K. (2014): Foundations of signal processing. 2nd ed.,
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.

www.iu.org
366 DLBROEICR01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBROST01_E 367

Sensor Technology
Course Code: DLBROST01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Sensors are at the base of any modern engineering system, for example, control systems
in robotics. This course provides the basic knowledge to understand sensors and their
characteristics. A specific sensor is chosen for an application mainly based on its characteristics
and on its physical effect. After an introduction on sensors and types of sensors, this course
introduces the main characteristics such as accuracy, precision, resolution, sensitivity, linearity,
static and dynamic properties. The second part of the course details the main sensor effects
and shows how sensor systems can be built based on such effects and used in engineering
applications. The last part of the course shows current trends and advanced applications of
sensor technology.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the main sensor characteristics.


▪ read and understand a typical sensor data sheet.
▪ understand sensor effects.
▪ understand and characterize sensor platforms.
▪ select the appropriate sensor technology for a given application.

Contents
1. Introduction to Measurement Uncertainty
1.1 Measurement Uncertainty
1.2 Confidence Intervals
1.3 Expression of Uncertainty

2. Sensors
2.1 Sensors and Transducers
2.2 Selection of Sensors
2.3 Sensor Characteristics
2.4 Measurement Systems and Components

3. Resistive Sensors
3.1 Resistivity and Resistance

www.iu.org
368 DLBROST01_E

3.2 Potentiometric Sensors


3.3 Strain Gauges
3.4 Piezoresistive Sensors
3.5 Magnetoresistive Sensors
3.6 Thermoresistive Sensors
3.7 Optoresistive Sensors

4. Capacitive Sensors
4.1 Capacitance and Permittivity
4.2 Configurations
4.3 Applications

5. Inductive and Magnetic Sensors


5.1 Magnetic and Electromagnetic Quantities
5.2 Magnetic Field Sensors
5.3 Magnetic Displacement and Force Sensors
5.4 Applications

6. Optical Sensors
6.1 Electro-Optical Components
6.2 Optical Displacement Sensors
6.3 Applications

7. Piezoelectric Sensors
7.1 Piezoelectricity
7.2 Force Pressure and Acceleration Sensors
7.3 Applications

8. Acoustic Sensors
8.1 Acoustic Medium
8.2 Measurement Methods
8.3 Applications

9. Advanced Sensor Technology


9.1 Organic Sensors
9.2 Sensors for Health and Environment
9.3 Wearable Sensors
9.4 Wireless Sensors in Industrial Environments

www.iu.org
DLBROST01_E 369

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Dertien, E., & Regtien, P. (2018). Sensors for mechatronics (2nd ed.). Elsevier.
▪ Lin, Y. L., Kyung, C. M., Yasuura, H., & Liu, Y. (Eds.) (2015). Smart sensors and systems. Springer
International.

www.iu.org
370 DLBROST01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBROST01_E 371

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
372 DLBAIEDD

Database Developer
Module Code: DLBAIEDD

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Carsten Skerra (Database Modeling and Database Systems) / Prof. Dr. Silke Vaas (Project:
Build a Data Mart in SQL)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Database Modeling and Database Systems (DLBCSDMDS01)


▪ Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL (DLBDSPBDM01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Database Modeling and Database Systems


• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL


• Study Format "Distance Learning": Portfolio
• Study Format "myStudies": Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBAIEDD 373

Module Contents

Database Modeling and Database Systems


▪ Fundamentals of relational databases
▪ Simple database queries
▪ Entity/Relationship (E/R) Diagrams
▪ Database development
▪ Complex database queries across multiple tables
▪ Changing data in databases
▪ NoSQL database systems

Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL

This course is about the implementation of a practical database use case employing previously-
acquired knowledge on pertaining approaches and methods.

Learning Outcomes
Database Modeling and Database Systems
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ describe the basic concepts of the relational data model and distinguish them from each
other.
▪ visually model data schemas.
▪ know SQL queries, read data from databases, change the data stock, and have experience in
their use.
▪ design, create, and modify SQL queries and data schemas for SQL databases, and have
experience using them.
▪ independently design database schemas and create database queries to solve concrete
problems.
▪ know the most important NoSQL concepts and distinguish them from each other.

Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ transfer previously-acquired knowledge about database methods and approaches to
practical use cases.
▪ design, architect, and implement a working data-mart solution.
▪ reason about design choices of and trade-offs between relevant implementation
alternatives.
▪ critically evaluate said choices with respect to the stated design goal.
▪ describe and explain the resulting solution.

www.iu.org
374 DLBAIEDD

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
DLBCSDMDS01 375

Database Modeling and Database Systems


Course Code: DLBCSDMDS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Stored data form the basis of many value chains of an information and knowledge society. The
methodical structuring of data through data schemas therefore forms an important basis for
storing information in such a way that it can be retrieved and processed quickly and easily. In
addition to the structured storage of data, structured access to large amounts of data must also
be possible.This course teaches students how to store data in relational data models and how
to access stored data with SQL. In addition to relational database systems, modern DB systems
(NoSQL) for storing and accessing data will be presented.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ describe the basic concepts of the relational data model and distinguish them from each
other.
▪ visually model data schemas.
▪ know SQL queries, read data from databases, change the data stock, and have experience in
their use.
▪ design, create, and modify SQL queries and data schemas for SQL databases, and have
experience using them.
▪ independently design database schemas and create database queries to solve concrete
problems.
▪ know the most important NoSQL concepts and distinguish them from each other.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of Relational Databases
1.1 Basic Concepts of the Relational Data Model
1.2 Find and Delete Records in the Database
1.3 SQL and Relational Database Systems

2. Querying Data from a Single Table


2.1 Query Data (SELECT)
2.2 Query Data With Condition (WHERE)
2.3 Sort Query Output (ORDER BY)
2.4 Queries With Group Formation (GROUP BY)

www.iu.org
376 DLBCSDMDS01

2.5 Subqueries With Nested SELECT Statements

3. Conception and Modeling of Relational Databases


3.1 The Entity Relationship Model
3.2 Relationships and Cardinalities in E/R Models
3.3 Normal Forms of Databases

4. Creation of Relational Databases


4.1 Logical Database Design Activities
4.2 Mapping of the Conceptual Data Model into the Physical Data Model
4.3 Generation of Tables in SQL Databases from E/R Diagrams

5. Complex Database Queries on Multiple Tables


5.1 Composite Quantities (JOIN)
5.2 Set Operations
5.3 Data Views With CREATE VIEW

6. Manipulating Records in Databases


6.1 Insert New Data Records (INSERT)
6.2 Change Existing Records
6.3 Transactions

7. NoSQL Database Systems


7.1 Motivation and Basic Idea
7.2 Selected Groups of NoSQL Systems

www.iu.org
DLBCSDMDS01 377

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Elmasri, R., & Navathe, S. (2017). Fundamentals of database systems (Seventh edition, global
edition). Pearson.
▪ Foster, E. C., & Godbole, S. V. (2016). Database systems: a pragmatic approach (2nd ed.).
Apress.
▪ Esakkirajan, S., & Sumathi, S. (2007). Fundamentals of relational database management
systems [electronic resource] : Springer.
▪ C. J. Date. (2019). Database Design and Relational Theory : Normal Forms and All That Jazz: Vol.
Second edition. Apress.
▪ Date, C.J. (2019). Database design and relational theory: Normal forms and all that jazz (2nd
ed.). Apress.
▪ W3Schools (2020). SQL Tutorial.

www.iu.org
378 DLBCSDMDS01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBCSDMDS01 379

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
380 DLBDSPBDM01

Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL


Course Code: DLBDSPBDM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course provides the opportunity to implement a realistic database use case scenario. A
list of use case ideas is provided on the online learning platform. In addition, the students
can contribute use case ideas of their own in accord with the tutor. The core aim is to apply
the hitherto theoretical knowledge of database methods and approaches to solve a real-world
application scenario. This entails reasoning about possible design and architectural choices in a
rational way, as well as implementing them in a functioning database system.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ transfer previously-acquired knowledge about database methods and approaches to


practical use cases.
▪ design, architect, and implement a working data-mart solution.
▪ reason about design choices of and trade-offs between relevant implementation
alternatives.
▪ critically evaluate said choices with respect to the stated design goal.
▪ describe and explain the resulting solution.

Contents
▪ In this course, students apply their knowledge of data modeling and databases to implement
a project use case of their choosing. All relevant artefacts, like use case evaluation, chosen
implementation method, code, and outcomes, are documented in the form of a written
project report.

www.iu.org
DLBDSPBDM01 381

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Date, C. J. (2012). Database design and relational theory. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly.
▪ DeBarros, A. (2018). Practical SQL: A beginner's guide to storytelling with data. San Francisco,
CA: No Starch Press.
▪ Harrington, J. L. (2016). Relational database design and implementation (4th ed.). Burlington,
MA: Morgan Kaufmann.
▪ Hernandez, M. J. (2013). Database design for mere mortals: A hands-on guide to relational
database design (3rd ed.). Boston, MA: Addison-Wesley.
▪ Viescas, J. (2018). SQL queries for mere mortals: A hands-on guide to data manipulation in
SQL (4th ed.). Boston, MA: Addison-Wesley.

www.iu.org
382 DLBDSPBDM01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Slides ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBDSPBDM01 383

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Slides ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
384 DLBCSEBI

Business Intelligence
Module Code: DLBCSEBI

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimaldauer: WiSe/SoSe
1 Semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Sebastian Werning (Business Intelligence ) / Prof. Dr. Neil Arvin Bretana (Project: Business
Intelligence)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Business Intelligence (DLBCSEBI01)


▪ Project: Business Intelligence (DLBCSEBI02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Business Intelligence
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Project: Business Intelligence


• Study Format "Distance Learning": Written
Assessment: Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBCSEBI 385

Module Contents

Business Intelligence
▪ Motivation and Conceptualization
▪ Data Provision
▪ Data Warehouse
▪ Modeling of Multidimensional Data Spaces
▪ Analysis Systems
▪ Distribution and Access

Project: Business Intelligence

Possible topics for the BI project include “Management of BI projects”, “Design of


multidimensional data models” and “Prototypical implementation of small BI applications”.

Learning Outcomes
Business Intelligence
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the motivation, use cases, and basics of Business Intelligence.
▪ identify and explain techniques and methods for providing and modeling data, as well as
types of data relevant to BI, differentiating between them.
▪ explain techniques and methods for the generation and storage of information and
independently select suitable methods on the basis of concrete requirements.

Project: Business Intelligence


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ independently design a solution to a practical problem in the field of Business Intelligence in
order to then implement a prototype and document the results.
▪ identify and explain typical problems and challenges in the design and practical
implementation of small BI solutions.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
the fields of Computer Science & Software Technology fields
Development

www.iu.org
386 DLBCSEBI01

Business Intelligence
Course Code: DLBCSEBI01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Business Intelligence (BI) is used to obtain information from company data that is relevant
for targeted corporate management and the optimization of business activities. This course
introduces and discusses techniques, procedures, and models for data provision, information
generation, and analysis, as well the distribution of the information obtained. You will then be
able to explain the various subject areas of data warehousing and independently select methods
and techniques to meet specific requirements.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the motivation, use cases, and basics of Business Intelligence.


▪ identify and explain techniques and methods for providing and modeling data, as well as
types of data relevant to BI, differentiating between them.
▪ explain techniques and methods for the generation and storage of information and
independently select suitable methods on the basis of concrete requirements.

Contents
1. Motivation and Conceptualization
1.1 Motivation and Historical Development
1.2 BI as a Framework

2. Data Provision
2.1 Operative and Dispositive Systems
2.2 The Data Warehouse Concept
2.3 Architectural Variations

3. Data Warehouse
3.1 ETL Process
3.2 DWH and Data Mart
3.3 ODS and Metadata

4. Modelling of Multidimensional Data Spaces

www.iu.org
DLBCSEBI01 387

4.1 Data Modeling


4.2 OLAP Cubes
4.3 Physical Storage
4.4 Star and Snowflake Scheme
4.5 Historicization

5. Analysis Systems
5.1 Free Data Research and OLAP
5.2 Reporting Systems
5.3 Model-Based Analysis Systems
5.4 Concept-Oriented Systems

6. Distribution and Access


6.1 Information Distribution
6.2 Information Access

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Grossmann, W., & Rinderle-Ma, S. (2015). Fundamentals of business intelligence. Springer.
▪ Sharda, R., Delen, D., & Turban, E. (2015). Business intelligence and analytics: Systems for
decision support. 10th Edition. Pearson.
▪ Sherman, R. (2014). Business intelligence guidebook: From data integration to analytics.
Morgan Kaufmann.
▪ Vaisman, A., & Zimányi, E. (2022). Data warehouse systems: Design and implementation.
Springer.

www.iu.org
388 DLBCSEBI01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBCSEBI02 389

Project: Business Intelligence


Course Code: DLBCSEBI02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Using well-known methods and techniques from the field of Business Intelligence, students will
work independently on a practical question in this course.At the end of the course you will be
able to independently design and prototype Business Intelligence applications based on concrete
requirements.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ independently design a solution to a practical problem in the field of Business Intelligence in


order to then implement a prototype and document the results.
▪ identify and explain typical problems and challenges in the design and practical
implementation of small BI solutions.

Contents
▪ Implementation and documentation of practical questions regarding the use of Business
Intelligence applications. Typical scenarios are, for example, “Management of BI projects”,
“Design of multidimensional data models” and “Prototypical implementation of small BI
applications”.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Christoph Meinel, Hasso Plattner, Larry Leifer (2011): Design Thinking: Understand – Improve –
Apply; Springer Berlin Heidelberg
▪ Jeanne Liedtka (2018): Why Design Thinking Works. In: Havard Business Review, Issue: 2018/09,
pp.72–79
▪ Christoph Meinel, Larry J. Leifer (2021): Design Thinking Research: Interrogating the Doing;
Springer International Publishing

www.iu.org
390 DLBCSEBI02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Slides ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDA 391

Data Analyst
Module Code: DLBDSEDA

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Thomas Zöller (Advanced Data Analysis) / Prof. Dr. Frank Passing (Project: Data Analysis)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Advanced Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA01)


▪ Project: Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Advanced Data Analysis


• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Project: Data Analysis


• Study Format "myStudies": Portfolio
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
392 DLBDSEDA

Module Contents

Advanced Data Analysis


▪ Business performance analytics
▪ Text mining
▪ Web- and social media analytics
▪ Experimentation and testing

Project: Data Analysis

Transfer of methodological knowledge to the implementation of real-world analytics use cases


from the above-mentioned problem domains.

Learning Outcomes
Advanced Data Analysis
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ identify important design considerations for business KPIs.
▪ explain various topics in business process analytics.
▪ utilize established techniques for web data analytics.
▪ understand analytical approaches to text mining and semantic analysis.
▪ disambiguate relevant questions in social media analytics.
▪ use the techniques and methods for experimentation and testing.

Project: Data Analysis


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ formulate and implement a real-world analytical use case.
▪ analyze the suitability of different possible approaches with respect to the project task.
▪ transfer acquired specialized analytical knowledge to real-world use cases.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.
▪ select appropriate resources

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDA01 393

Advanced Data Analysis


Course Code: DLBDSEDA01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course introduces several advanced analytics subjects of practical relevance. The subject
areas covered span from business performance measurement and analytics, text mining, and web-
and social media analytics to current trends in experimental design and setup. Along this journey
topics such as the design of key performance indicators (KPIs), business process analytics, word
frequency and semantic analysis, data science on clickstreams, social media interactions, and
multi-armed bandit testing are addressed.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ identify important design considerations for business KPIs.


▪ explain various topics in business process analytics.
▪ utilize established techniques for web data analytics.
▪ understand analytical approaches to text mining and semantic analysis.
▪ disambiguate relevant questions in social media analytics.
▪ use the techniques and methods for experimentation and testing.

Contents
1. Business Performance Analytics
1.1 KPI design considerations
1.2 Common business performance indicators
1.3 Business process mining

2. Text Analytics
2.1 Word and document frequency (TF-IDF)
2.2 Semantic analysis

3. Web Analytics
3.1 Web metrics
3.2 Clickstream analytics
3.3 Recommender systems

4. Social Network Mining

www.iu.org
394 DLBDSEDA01

4.1 Introduction to social media analytics


4.2 Mining common social media platforms

5. Testing and Experimentation


5.1 Practical A/B testing
5.2 Multivariate tests
5.3 Multi-armed bandit testing

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Kaushik, A. (2009). Web analytics 2.0: The art of online accountability & science of
customercentricity. Wiley.
▪ Lane, H., Howard, C., & Hapke, H. (2019). Natural language processing in action:
Understanding,analyzing, and generating text with Python. Manning.
▪ Parmenter, D. (2019). Key performance indicators: Developing, implementing, and using
winningKPIs (4th ed.). Wiley.
▪ Russell, M. A., & Klassen, M. (2019). Mining the social web: Data mining Facebook, Twitter,
Linkedin,Instagram, Github, and more (3rd ed.). O’Reilly.
▪ Siroker, D., & Koomen, P. (2013). A/B testing: The most powerful way to turn clicks into
customers.Wiley.

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDA01 395

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
396 DLBDSEDA01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDA02 397

Project: Data Analysis


Course Code: DLBDSEDA02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The focus of this course is the implementation of a real-world, advanced analytics use case in
the form of a student project. Primary subject areas for this practical work include business
performance analytics, text mining, web- and social analytics, and experimentation and testing.The
goal is for students to demonstrate they can transfer the theoretical knowledge acquired in
Advanced Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA01) to an implementation scenario that closely mimics project
work in a professional data science setting.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ formulate and implement a real-world analytical use case.


▪ analyze the suitability of different possible approaches with respect to the project task.
▪ transfer acquired specialized analytical knowledge to real-world use cases.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.
▪ select appropriate resources

Contents
▪ This course covers the practical implementation of the approaches and techniques covered
in the course Advanced Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA01) in a project-oriented setting. Each
participant must produce a project report detailing and documenting their work. Project
tasks are chosen from a list or suggested by the students in accord with the tutor.

www.iu.org
398 DLBDSEDA02

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Hapke, H. / Howard, C. / Lane, H. (2019): Natural language processing in action.: Manning
Publications, Shelter Island, NY.
▪ Klassen, M. / Russell, M. A. (2019): Mining the social web. 3rd edition. O'Reilly Media,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Ojeda, T. / Bilbro, R. / Bengfort, B. (2018): Applied text analysis with Python. O'Reilly Media,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Parmenter, D. (2020): Key performance indicators: Developing, implementing, and using
winning KPIs. 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Chichester.

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDA02 399

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Slides ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint

www.iu.org
400 DLBDSEDA02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Slides ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint

www.iu.org
DLBMIAMVR_E 401

Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality


Module Code: DLBMIAMVR_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Janki Dodiya (Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality) / Prof. Dr. Armin Grasnick (X-Reality
Project)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality (DLBMIAMVR01_E)


▪ X-Reality Project (DLBMIAMVR02_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality


• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes

X-Reality Project
• Study Format "myStudies": Written
Assessment: Project Report
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Written
Assessment: Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
402 DLBMIAMVR_E

Module Contents

Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality


▪ Definition and Differentiation of Terms
▪ Fields of Application and Examples
▪ Aspects of Human Perception
▪ Augmented and Virtual Reality Output Devices
▪ Input Devices
▪ Interaction in Virtual and Augmented Realities
▪ Aspects of XR Application Development
▪ Future of XR Technologies

X-Reality Project

Development of AR-/VR-Application; Design, Implementation and Documentation; Challenges and


Problems

Learning Outcomes
Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ name the characteristics and differences of augmented, mixed, and virtual reality techniques.
▪ describe the importance of sensual perception in AR and VR.
▪ explain the basic technical features of AR and VR systems.
▪ explain the different interaction possibilities in AR and VR applications.
▪ perform selected development processes for AR and VR applications.

X-Reality Project
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ implement a small AR/VR application by themselves.
▪ experiment with the concept of AR/VR applications.
▪ discuss challenges and issues in AR/VR software development.
▪ document the concept and implementation of independently developed AR/VR applications
and accumulated experience in a project report.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
the fields of Computer Science & Software fields
Development

www.iu.org
DLBMIAMVR01_E 403

Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality


Course Code: DLBMIAMVR01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Augmented, mixed and virtual reality (AR, MR and VR) technologies are becoming increasingly
important in a wide range of application areas. In this context, novel hardware devices and
forms of interaction are used. In addition to the technical foundations, this course covers aspects
of human perception and approaches for developing AR/VR applications. To give the students
a knowledge of the field, the terms augmented, mixed, and virtual reality will be defined and
differentiated and examples of their use will be demonstrated. In order to simulate the existence
of a virtual world or virtual objects to users, aspects of human perception have to be used. Based
on the fundamentals of human information processing, the course highlights the phenomena,
problems, and solutions that have to be considered in AR and VR applications. AR and VR systems
can be implemented in different ways. This course addresses different output forms, tracking
methods and interaction possibilities. In addition, other techniques that are specifically relevant
in the AR field will be represented. Software development in the AR and VR field may require
the application of special processes. This course teaches selected approaches that are helpful in
designing, prototyping, and testing AR and VR applications. The course concludes with a view at
the future applications and the research potential of augmented, mixed, and virtual reality.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ name the characteristics and differences of augmented, mixed, and virtual reality techniques.
▪ describe the importance of sensual perception in AR and VR.
▪ explain the basic technical features of AR and VR systems.
▪ explain the different interaction possibilities in AR and VR applications.
▪ perform selected development processes for AR and VR applications.

Contents
1. Introduction to Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality
1.1 Definition and Differentiation of Terms
1.2 Fields of Application and Examples

2. Aspects of Human Perception


2.1 Human Information Processing
2.2 Visual Perception

www.iu.org
404 DLBMIAMVR01_E

2.3 Multisensory Perception


2.4 Phenomena, Problems and Solutions

3. Virtual Reality Output Devices


3.1 Mounts for Smartphones
3.2 Simple 3-Degrees-of-Freedom VR Glasses
3.3 6-Degrees-of-Freedom-VR
3.4 Multisensor Technology

4. Augmented Reality Output Devices


4.1 Tracking
4.2 Video See-Through vs. Optical See-Through vs. Projection
4.3 General Differences between Devices

5. Input Devices
5.1 Controller and Other Devices
5.2 Touchpads
5.3 Voice Commands
5.4 Finger Tracking
5.5 Eye Tracking
5.6 Neurofeedback

6. Interaction in Virtual and Augmented Realities


6.1 Fundamentals of Human-Computer Interaction
6.2 Selection
6.3 Manipulation of Objects
6.4 Navigation
6.5 Perceptual Variables

7. Aspects of Development
7.1 Iterative Development Approaches for VR/AR Applications
7.2 Design Techniques
7.3 Prototyping
7.4 Evaluation

8. The Future of Augmented, Mixed and Virtual Reality


8.1 Outlook on Future Applications
8.2 Focus Points for Future Research

www.iu.org
DLBMIAMVR01_E 405

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Billinghurst, M., Clark, A., & Lee, G. (n.d.). A Survey of Augmented Reality. Foundations and
Trends in Human-Computer Interaction, 8(2-3), 73-272.
▪ Jerald, J. (2016). The VR Book: Human-Centered Design for Virtual Reality. ACM and Morgan &
Claypool.
▪ Schmalstieg, D., & Höllerer, T. (2016). Augmented Reality: Principles and Practice. Addison-
Wesley.

www.iu.org
406 DLBMIAMVR01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBMIAMVR01_E 407

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
408 DLBMIAMVR02_E

X-Reality Project
Course Code: DLBMIAMVR02_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The students create an application from the field of augmented or virtual reality by themselves
and document its conception and implementation as well as collected experiences. The
development of an AR/VR application may include special steps that are not known from classic
software applications. In this context, AR- or VR-typical elements of the application should be
explicitly highlighted and challenges and problems should be addressed.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ implement a small AR/VR application by themselves.


▪ experiment with the concept of AR/VR applications.
▪ discuss challenges and issues in AR/VR software development.
▪ document the concept and implementation of independently developed AR/VR applications
and accumulated experience in a project report.

Contents
▪ The students work on a project from the field of augmented or virtual reality. They design
and implement an AR/VR application based on a concrete task. The development of the
application as well as collected experiences are documented in a project report. The project
report first presents the project goal as well as the topic and context of the application. Then
the requirements, the conception and the implementation of the application are described.
During the documentation, AR- or VR-typical elements will be explicitly highlighted. The
report concludes by highlighting the challenges and issues that arose during development.

www.iu.org
DLBMIAMVR02_E 409

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Buttfield-Addison, P., Manning, J., Nugent, T. (2019): Unity Game Development Cookbook:
Essentials for Every Game. O’Reilly.
▪ Linowes, J. (2015): Unity virtual reality projects. Explore the world of virtual reality by building
immersive and fun VR projects using Unity 3D. Packt Publishing.
▪ Linowes, J./Babilinski, K. (2017): Augmented Reality for Developers. Build practical augmented
reality applications with Unity, ARCore, ARKit, and Vuforia. Packt Publishing.

www.iu.org
410 DLBMIAMVR02_E

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support
☑ Course Feed
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBMIAMVR02_E 411

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Slides ☑ Guideline

www.iu.org
412 DLBDSEIMB

International Marketing and Branding


Module Code: DLBDSEIMB

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Caterina Fox (International Marketing ) / Prof. Dr. Josephine Zhou-Brock (International Brand
Management)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ International Marketing (DLBDSEIMB01)


▪ International Brand Management (DLBDSEIMB02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

International Marketing
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

International Brand Management


• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBDSEIMB 413

Module Contents

International Marketing
▪ International marketing strategy
▪ Cultural differences and their significance for marketing
▪ International marketing mix (product, price, promotion, and distribution decisions in an
international environment)
▪ International market research and consumer behavior
▪ Ethical aspects in international marketing
▪ International marketing controlling and six sigma

International Brand Management


▪ Basics of brand management
▪ Framework conditions for brands in international markets
▪ Strategies and concepts of international brands
▪ Brand architectures and brand extension options
▪ Brand management and communication
▪ Brand management according to the stakeholder concept
▪ Brand control and protection

Learning Outcomes
International Marketing
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand basic aspects of international strategic marketing.
▪ analyze cultural differences and their impact on international marketing.
▪ apply selected concepts of the international marketing mix.
▪ describe the possibilities of international market research and its influence on consumer
behavior.
▪ recognize the necessity of international brand controlling and quality management.
▪ reproduce theoretical knowledge using case studies.

International Brand Management


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ recognize the significance of a brand and the general conditions under which brands
operate, as well as the associated tasks of brand management.
▪ describe the components of a brand and its management.
▪ explain the positioning of brands on regional, national and international markets.
▪ understand the role of brand evaluation and compare the most common measurement
techniques.
▪ give an overview of the importance of trademark protection and suggest strategies for
preventing counterfeiting.
▪ conceive of brand strategies and measures for the avoidance or occurrence of brand crises.

www.iu.org
414 DLBDSEIMB

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programmes in the Marketing &
This module is similar to other modules in Communication fields
the fields of Marketing & Sales

www.iu.org
DLBDSEIMB01 415

International Marketing
Course Code: DLBDSEIMB01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Students are taught the necessity for strategic marketing in an international context. They
will learn about essential cultural differences and their influences on international marketing
management. The basic decisions, standardizations, and adaptations in international marketing
are experienced by the students on the basis of different concepts in the international marketing
mix. The necessity of international market research, strategic planning, and control are taught
to the students, along with the ethical aspects in international marketing. The students analyze
current topics in international marketing management and reflect on them in connection with the
concepts they have learned in this course.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand basic aspects of international strategic marketing.


▪ analyze cultural differences and their impact on international marketing.
▪ apply selected concepts of the international marketing mix.
▪ describe the possibilities of international market research and its influence on consumer
behavior.
▪ recognize the necessity of international brand controlling and quality management.
▪ reproduce theoretical knowledge using case studies.

Contents
1. Strategic International Marketing
1.1 Internationalization
1.2 Theoretical Foundations of International Market Entry Strategies
1.3 Forms of International Market Entry

2. Cultural Differences as an Aspect of International Marketing


2.1 Overview of Culture
2.2 Cultural Model Based on Hofstede
2.3 Cultural Model Based on Trompenaars

3. Case Studies in International Market Entry and Marketing Strategies


3.1 Case Study: Nivea in South Korea

www.iu.org
416 DLBDSEIMB01

3.2 Case Study: Bosch and Siemens Hausgeräte GmbH in China


3.3 Case Study: Siemens Mobile in China
3.4 Case Study: Siemens in China

4. International Product Management and Product Development


4.1 Goals of International Product Management
4.2 Framework Conditions for International Product Management
4.3 International Product Decisions
4.4 International Product Development

5. Exchange Rate Fluctuations and International Price Calculation


5.1 Tasks and Objectives of International Price Management
5.2 Factors Influencing International Price Management
5.3 Instruments of International Price Management

6. International Communication and International Sales Policy


6.1 International Communication Management
6.2 International Sales Management

7. International Marketing and Ethics


7.1 Overview of International Marketing and Ethics
7.2 Business Ethics in International Companies
7.3 Case Study: Nestlé

8. Applied Market Research and Its Influence on Consumer Behavior


8.1 Scope of International Market Research
8.2 Requirements for International Market Research Information
8.3 International Secondary Research
8.4 International Primary Research

9. Monitoring and Control in International Marketing


9.1 Controlling in International Management

10. Six Sigma, Brand Management, and Rebranding


10.1 Six Sigma: Basics, Definitions, and Processes
10.2 Brand Management
10.3 Rebranding

www.iu.org
DLBDSEIMB01 417

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Armstrong, G., Kotler, P., & Opresnik, M. O. (2019). Marketing: An introduction (14th ed.).
Pearson.
▪ Hofstede, G., Hofstede, G. J., & Minkov, M. (2010). Cultures and organizations—Software of the
mind: Intercultural cooperation and its importance for survival. McGraw-Hill.
▪ Hollensen, S. (2020). Global marketing (8th ed.). Pearson.

www.iu.org
418 DLBDSEIMB01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBDSEIMB01 419

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
420 DLBDSEIMB02

International Brand Management


Course Code: DLBDSEIMB02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The aim of this course is to deepen and expand the knowledge acquired in the introductory
elective course International Marketing. The value of a brand is a decisive competitive advantage
for companies in international business. Brands create long-term and profitable customer
relationships. Brands are therefore valuable assets for companies and organizations. Students
learn the basics of brand management before moving on to the concepts and success factors
of international brand management. Students also become familiar with the structure of brand
architectures and the possibilities of brand extensions. The fact that different stakeholder groups
must be taken into account in brand management is communicated to the students on the
basis of the stakeholder concept. In addition, the students get to know the various methods
for measuring brand value and brand controlling. The aspects of trademark protection that are
particularly important in an international environment will be dealt with conclusively.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ recognize the significance of a brand and the general conditions under which brands
operate, as well as the associated tasks of brand management.
▪ describe the components of a brand and its management.
▪ explain the positioning of brands on regional, national and international markets.
▪ understand the role of brand evaluation and compare the most common measurement
techniques.
▪ give an overview of the importance of trademark protection and suggest strategies for
preventing counterfeiting.
▪ conceive of brand strategies and measures for the avoidance or occurrence of brand crises.

Contents
1. Basics of Brand Management
1.1 Brand Significance and Brand Understanding
1.2 Market Conditions
1.3 Tasks and Goals of Brand Management

2. Brand Identity, Brand Positioning, and Brand Personality


2.1 Brand Identity as the Basis of Brand Management

www.iu.org
DLBDSEIMB02 421

2.2 Brand Positioning


2.3 Brand Image
2.4 Brand Personality

3. Brand Strategies
3.1 The Challenges for Brand Strategies
3.2 Brand Strategies for New Products
3.3 Trademark Licensing

4. International Branding
4.1 Importance of Branding for International Companies
4.2 Brand Concepts for International Brands
4.3 Factors for Successful International Brands

5. Brand Architectures and Types of Branding


5.1 Brand Hierarchies
5.2 Co-branding and Ingredient Branding

6. Brand Management and Communication


6.1 Classic Brand Communication
6.2 Brand Communication on the Internet

7. Brand Expansion
7.1 Basics of Brand Extension
7.2 Opportunities and Risks of Brand Extension
7.3 Ideal Typical Sequence of the Brand Extension Process

8. Brand Management According to the Stakeholder Concept


8.1 Basics of Brand Management According to the Stakeholder Principle
8.2 Stakeholder Groups: Consumer Stakeholder Groups
8.3 Stakeholder Groups: Shareholders and Financial Investors
8.4 Stakeholder Groups: Employees
8.5 Stakeholder Groups: Suppliers and the Public

9. Brand Control
9.1 Basics of Brand Controlling
9.2 Importance and Measurement of Brand Value
9.3 Practical Methods for Measuring Brand Value

www.iu.org
422 DLBDSEIMB02

10. Trademark Protection


10.1 Object of Trademark Protection
10.2 Origin of Trademark Protection
10.3 Trademark Infringements

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Beverland, M. (2021). Brand management: Co-creating meaningful brands (2nd
ed.). SagePublications Ltd.
▪ Burmann, C., Riley, N. M., Halaszovich, T., & Schade, M. (2017). Identity-based brand
management:Fundamentals—strategy—implementation—controlling. Springer Gabler.
▪ Kapferer, J. N. (2012). The new strategic brand management: Advanced insights and
strategicthinking (5th ed.). Kogan Page.
▪ Keller, K. L., & Swaminathan, V. (2019). Strategic brand management: Building,
measuring, andmanaging brand equity (5th ed., Global ed.). Pearson.

www.iu.org
DLBDSEIMB02 423

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
424 DLBDSEIMB02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAS 425

Applied Sales
Module Code: DLBDSEAS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Tanja Moehler (Applied Sales I) / Tanja Moehler (Applied Sales II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Applied Sales I (DLBDSEAS01)


▪ Applied Sales II (DLBDSEAS02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Applied Sales I
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Applied Sales II
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam or
Advanced Workbook, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
426 DLBDSEAS

Module Contents

Applied Sales I
▪ Fundamentals of Applied Sales
▪ The Distribution System
▪ Personal Sales
▪ Sales Plans
▪ New Customer Acquisition
▪ A Sales Visit
▪ Conversational Tactics
▪ Conducting Negotiations
▪ Other Sales Channels

Applied Sales II
▪ Marketing and Sales
▪ Customer Satisfaction as a Success Factor
▪ Personalities in Sales
▪ Customer-Oriented Communication
▪ Presentation and Rhetoric
▪ Customer Loyalty
▪ Networking
▪ Case Study

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAS 427

Learning Outcomes
Applied Sales I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the fundamentals of applied sales and place them in the context of the
company.
▪ understand the interaction of the individual facets of applied sales.
▪ differentiate between and evaluate individual sales systems.
▪ describe current sales types and sales characteristics.
▪ oversee and classify the entire sales process from customer acquisition to customer
retention.
▪ understand the basics of sales and negotiation management and apply them.
▪ name the usual sales instruments, recognize their advantages and disadvantages, and reflect
on essential fields of application and possibilities.

Applied Sales II
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the interaction and the respective areas of responsibility of marketing and sales.
▪ reflect on and classify the goals and measures within the framework of the applied sales
system.
▪ assess the relevance of customer satisfaction and retention. In addition, the students will be
familiar with the central design elements of CRM.
▪ reflect on and assess alternative approaches to customer loyalty and relationship
management and apply them in business practice.
▪ understand the meaning of the terms customer life cycle and customer value, and develop
approaches to manage them in the sense of the respective sales targets.
▪ use descriptive presentation techniques in order to convince customers and other sales
partners.
▪ understand the relevance of networking and develop strategies to broaden the contact base.
▪ develop and evaluate their own market analyses and sales concepts on the basis of practical
experience within the framework of the case study.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programmes in the Marketing &
This module is similar to other modules in Communication fields
the fields of Marketing & Sales

www.iu.org
428 DLBDSEAS01

Applied Sales I
Course Code: DLBDSEAS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The demands on sales thinking are growing every day. Globalized demand combined with high
competition is making it increasingly difficult for companies to compete for customers. At
the same time, customers are becoming better informed, while traditional supply markets are
saturated and at overcapacity. In order to be successful in such an environment, sales thinking
and action are required along with a new type of salesperson. Within the course Applied Sales
I (Introduction), the participants are familiarized with the basic concepts of applied sales. You
will learn about sales organization, dealing with alternative sales channels, and get to know
the dedicated sales planning process. The contents of the module are complemented by the
successful acquisition of new customers, whereby particular attention is paid to the organization
and implementation of customer visits and the conduct of discussions and negotiations.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the fundamentals of applied sales and place them in the context of the
company.
▪ understand the interaction of the individual facets of applied sales.
▪ differentiate between and evaluate individual sales systems.
▪ describe current sales types and sales characteristics.
▪ oversee and classify the entire sales process from customer acquisition to customer
retention.
▪ understand the basics of sales and negotiation management and apply them.
▪ name the usual sales instruments, recognize their advantages and disadvantages, and reflect
on essential fields of application and possibilities.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of Applied Sales and Distribution
1.1 Tasks and Forms of Applied Distribution
1.2 Marketing as the Basis of Sales
1.3 Distribution, Sales, and Other Terms
1.4 Sales in Different Economic Sectors

2. The Distribution System

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAS01 429

2.1 Forms of Sales


2.2 Sales Organisation
2.3 Key Account Management
2.4 Multi-Channel Distribution

3. Personal Sales
3.1 The "New Sellers"
3.2 Requirements for Sales Personalities
3.3 The Key Account Manager
3.4 Task of Sales Managers

4. Sales Plan
4.1 Tasks and Objectives of Sales Management
4.2 Observation of Competition in the Context of Sales Management
4.3 Potential Analyses and Sales Planning
4.4 Sales Control and Visit Strategies

5. New Customer Acquisition


5.1 Identification of New Customer Potential
5.2 Customer Relationship Management and Customer Acquisition
5.3 Trade Fairs and Events
5.4 Networking

6. The Sales Visit


6.1 Frequency and Preparation of Visits
6.2 Conduct of a Visit
6.3 Visit Reports and Follow-Up
6.4 Aftercare and Follow-Up

7. Conversational Tactics
7.1 Structured Conversation Preparation
7.2 Goal-Oriented Conversation: The D.A.L.A.S Model
7.3 Questioning Techniques

8. Conducting Negotiations
8.1 Psychology of Negotiation
8.2 Negotiation Structure
8.3 Objection Handling
8.4 Price Negotiations

www.iu.org
430 DLBDSEAS01

9. Other Sales Channels


9.1 Telemarketing
9.2 Catalogue and Brochure Sales
9.3 Internet and E-Commerce

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bloomfield, J. (2020). NeuroSelling: Mastering the customer conversation using the surprising
science of decision making. Axon Publishing.
▪ Jobber, D., Lancaster, G., & Le Meunier-FitzHugh, K. (2019). Selling and sales
management (10th ed.). Pearson.
▪ Peppers, D., & Rogers, M. (2016). Managing customer experience and relationships: A strategic
framework (3rd ed.). Wiley.
▪ Pink, D. H. (2012). To sell is human: The surprising truth about moving others. Riverhead
Books.

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAS01 431

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
432 DLBDSEAS02

Applied Sales II
Course Code: DLBDSEAS02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The course Applied Sales II builds on the basics taught in the course "Applied Sales I" and
broadens and deepens them. First, the tension between marketing and sales is examined in
more detail. Based on this, essential backgrounds and central target figures for successful sales
management (e.g., customer satisfaction and loyalty as well as the customer life cycle) are derived
and operationalized in order to create the basis for efficient and effective customer relationship
management. As the process progresses, attention will also be paid to mental processes and
consumer behavior in general. In addition, strategies and paths to successful negotiation are
deepened and supplemented by convincing communication techniques. The course concludes
with a case study in the course of which the students have the opportunity to apply what they
have learned in a practice-oriented manner.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the interaction and the respective areas of responsibility of marketing and sales.
▪ reflect on and classify the goals and measures within the framework of the applied sales
system.
▪ assess the relevance of customer satisfaction and retention. In addition, the students will be
familiar with the central design elements of CRM.
▪ reflect on and assess alternative approaches to customer loyalty and relationship
management and apply them in business practice.
▪ understand the meaning of the terms customer life cycle and customer value, and develop
approaches to manage them in the sense of the respective sales targets.
▪ use descriptive presentation techniques in order to convince customers and other sales
partners.
▪ understand the relevance of networking and develop strategies to broaden the contact base.
▪ develop and evaluate their own market analyses and sales concepts on the basis of practical
experience within the framework of the case study.

Contents
1. Marketing and Sales
1.1 Marketing and Business Philosophy
1.2 Sales Marketing in Different Economic Sectors
1.3 Relationship Marketing

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAS02 433

1.4 (International) Marketing and Sales Integration

2. Customer Satisfaction as a Success Factor


2.1 Customer Relationship Management (CRM)
2.2 Customer Orientation Success Chain
2.3 Customer Relationship Strategies

3. Customer Retention
3.1 Customer Retention Management
3.2 Customer Retention Tools
3.3 Complaints Management

4. Customer-Oriented Communications
4.1 Communication and Sales Promotion by Sales Staff
4.2 Sales Promotion by Sales Team
4.3 Sales Promotion by the Company

5. Personalities in Sales
5.1 Sales Personalities
5.2 Selling in Teams
5.3 Negotiating with Committees

6. Presentation and Rhetoric


6.1 Rhetoric in Sales
6.2 Presentation Techniques
6.3 Nonverbal Communication

7. Networking
7.1 Organizational Networks and Networking
7.2 Building and Shaping Relationships
7.3 Networking via Social Media

8. Case Study—Multi-Vendor Customer Loyalty Programs


8.1 German Consumer Goods Market & Drugstore Industry Situation
8.2 PAYBACK—A German Synonym for Loyalty Cards

www.iu.org
434 DLBDSEAS02

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Homburg, C., Schäfer, H., & Schneider, J. (2012). Sales excellence: Systematic sales
management.Springer Science & Business Media.
▪ Ingram, T. N., Schwepker, C. H., Williams, M. R., Avila, R. A., & LaForge, R. W. (2020).
Salesmanagement: Analysis and decision making (10th ed.). Routledge, Taylor & Francis
Group.
▪ Kotler, P., & Keller, K. L. (2021). Marketing management (16th, global ed.). Pearson Education

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAS02 435

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam or Advanced Workbook, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
100 h 0h 25 h 0h 150 h
25 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio ☑ Guideline
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
436 DLBDSESCM

Supply Chain Management


Module Code: DLBDSESCM

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Alex Leberling (Supply Chain Management I ) / Sebastian Stütz (Supply Chain Management
II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Supply Chain Management I (DLBDSESCM01)


▪ Supply Chain Management II (DLBDSESCM02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Supply Chain Management I


• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Supply Chain Management II


• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBDSESCM 437

Module Contents

Supply Chain Management I


▪ Historical and terminological aspects of the SCM concept
▪ Motives for the creation of cross-company value creation networks
▪ Design principles and effects of value creation networks
▪ Logistical core processes and SCM
▪ Information technology aspects of the SCM concept
▪ Coordination and collaboration of the network partners
▪ Industry-specific solutions of the SCM

Supply Chain Management II


▪ Strategic aspects of SCM
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Planning Process
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Process of Procurement
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Process Production
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Distribution Process

www.iu.org
438 DLBDSESCM

Learning Outcomes
Supply Chain Management I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the importance of cross-company value creation processes.
▪ understand common concepts for modeling cross-company value creation processes.
▪ understand dynamic effects in supply chains and can systematize their causes and effects.
▪ explain important theoretical concepts for describing the characteristics and challenges of
cross-company value creation processes.
▪ explain the approaches and problem categories commonly used in the context of supply
chain management.
▪ understand important reference and/or management models for the concretization of
supply chain systems.
▪ name and detail important roles and tasks in the SCM network.
▪ deal with the coordination problem of SCM and describe the common solution approaches.

Supply Chain Management II


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ systematically explain the strategic relevance of enterprise-wide value creation processes.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process planning.
▪ systematize the elements and interrelationships in the CPFR model in a differentiated way.
▪ be familiar with the characteristics and peculiarities of contract logistics.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process procurement.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a procurement strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process production.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a modern production strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process distribution.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of the so-called ECR concept.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the Transport &
fields of Logistics & Transportation Logistics fields

www.iu.org
DLBDSESCM01 439

Supply Chain Management I


Course Code: DLBDSESCM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
SCM proves to be an extremely multi-faceted construct from both a theoretical and a practical
point of view. An adequate understanding of the problem dimensions and modes of action of
(global) cross-company value creation networks requires a multidimensional approach. It starts
by considering logistical processes, with modern process, flow, and network standards forming an
important basis for SCM. On the basis of such an approach, students should gain a fundamental
understanding of SCM. From the point of view of a holistic approach, it also makes sense to
also examine a number of other typical problem areas in addition to the logistical challenges of
this concept. This includes IT aspects of SCM (e.g., APS systems), and questions to do with the
collaboration and coordination of network partners. This course also considers selected industry
specific SCM solutions (ECR or VMI).

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the importance of cross-company value creation processes.


▪ understand common concepts for modeling cross-company value creation processes.
▪ understand dynamic effects in supply chains and can systematize their causes and effects.
▪ explain important theoretical concepts for describing the characteristics and challenges of
cross-company value creation processes.
▪ explain the approaches and problem categories commonly used in the context of supply
chain management.
▪ understand important reference and/or management models for the concretization of
supply chain systems.
▪ name and detail important roles and tasks in the SCM network.
▪ deal with the coordination problem of SCM and describe the common solution approaches.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of the Supply Chain Concept
1.1 Terminological and Conceptual Fundamentals
1.2 Supply Chain Typology According to Otto
1.3 Supply Chain Typology According to Bechtel/Jayaram
1.4 Dynamic Aspects of Supply Chains

www.iu.org
440 DLBDSESCM01

2. Selected Theoretical Concepts for the Supply Chain Concept


2.1 New Institutional Economics
2.2 Game Theory
2.3 Network Approach
2.4 Other Theoretical Additions

3. Supply Chain Management


3.1 Basic Information on the Goals and Scope of SCM
3.2 Popular Problem Areas of the SCM
3.3 Supply Chain Management as an Evolutionary Step in Logistics
3.4 Supply Chain Management as Cooperation Management

4. SCM Model
4.1 Basic Information on the Term SCM Models
4.2 SCOR Model
4.3 SCM Task Model

5. SCM as a Coordination Problem


5.1 Basic Information on the Concept of Coordination
5.2 Coordination Concepts, Context, and Perspectives of SCM
5.3 Coordination Instruments

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bowersox, J., Closs, D., & Cooper, M. B. (2020). Supply chain logistics management (5th ed.).
McGraw Hill Education.
▪ Chopra, S., & Meindl, P. (2019). Supply chain management: Strategy, planning, and operation
(7th ed., Global ed.). Pearson Education.
▪ Es-Satty, Asmaa; Lemghari, Radouane; Okar, Chafik. (2020). Supply Chain Digitalization
Overview SCOR model implication. In: 2020 IEEE 13th International Colloquium of Logistics
and Supply Chain Management (LOGISTIQUA) Logistics and Supply Chain Management
(LOGISTIQUA), 2020 IEEE 13th International Colloquium of. :1-7 Dec, 2020; IEEE Language:
English, Datenbank: IEEE Xplore Digital Library.
▪ Tarigan, Z. J. H., Siagian, H., & Jie, F. (2021). Impact of enhanced enterprise resource planning
(ERP) on firm performance through green supply chain management. Sustainability, 13(8),
article 4358.

www.iu.org
DLBDSESCM01 441

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
442 DLBDSESCM01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSESCM02 443

Supply Chain Management II


Course Code: DLBDSESCM02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
From the perspective of strategic management research and practice, the activities covered by the
term SCM are closely related to efforts to build and/or maintain a stable operational competitive
advantage. A fundamental discussion of this relationship forms the starting point for the course.
On this basis, a differentiated analysis of strategy-relevant activities and instruments in the Plan,
Source, Make, Deliver, and Return process categories is then carried out using the SCOR model.
Special attention is given to the practice-relevant areas of SCM, e.g., order-promising (plan),
supplier-relation-management (source), postponement (make), and the ECR-concept (deliver).

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ systematically explain the strategic relevance of enterprise-wide value creation processes.


▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process planning.
▪ systematize the elements and interrelationships in the CPFR model in a differentiated way.
▪ be familiar with the characteristics and peculiarities of contract logistics.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process procurement.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a procurement strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process production.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a modern production strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process distribution.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of the so-called ECR concept.

Contents
1. Strategic Aspects of SCM
1.1 Strategic Thinking and Action: General Information
1.2 Competition Focus and SCM
1.3 Competition Location and SCM
1.4 Competition Rules and SCM

2. SCM Practice: Core Process Planning


2.1 General Preliminary Considerations
2.2 Collaborative Planning, Forecasting, and Replenishment
2.3 Order Promoting

www.iu.org
444 DLBDSESCM02

2.4 Kanban
2.5 Integration of X-PL Logistics Service Providers

3. SCM Practice: Core Process Procurement


3.1 General Preliminary Considerations
3.2 Production Synchronous Procurement
3.3 Sourcing Concepts
3.4 Supplier Relations Management

4. SCM Practice: Core Process Production


4.1 Selected Aspects of the Problem Background
4.2 Collaborative Engineering
4.3 Postponement Strategies
4.4 Value Added Partnership

5. SCM Practice: Core Process Distribution


5.1 Basic Information on the Distribution Problem
5.2 Efficient Consumer Response (ECR)
5.3 Consignment Warehouse

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Chopra, S. (2019). Supply chain management: Strategy, planning and operation (Global
ed., 7thed.). Pearson.
▪ Hill, A., & Hill, T. (2018). Essential operations management (2nd ed.). Palgrave.
▪ Hugos, M. (2011). Essentials of supply chain management (3rd ed.). John Wiley & Sons.

www.iu.org
DLBDSESCM02 445

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
446 DLBDSESCM02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBCSEITPAM 447

IT project and architecture management


Module Code: DLBCSEITPAM

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Johannes Kent Walter (IT Project Management) / Prof. Dr. Sebastian Lempert (IT Architecture
Management)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ IT Project Management (DLBCSEITPAM01)


▪ IT Architecture Management (DLBCSEITPAM02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

IT Project Management
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes

IT Architecture Management
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
448 DLBCSEITPAM

Module Contents

IT Project Management
▪ Basic terms and foundations of IT project management
▪ Large and small planning techniques
▪ Techniques for prioritization, cost-estimation, and project controlling
▪ Techniques for stakeholder, communication, and risk management
▪ Organization and structure in IT project management
▪ Schools of thought in IT project management

IT Architecture Management
▪ Basic terms and foundations of IT enterprise architectures management
▪ IT application portfolio management
▪ Architecture governance
▪ Modeling of IT enterprise architectures
▪ Frameworks using TOGAF as an example
▪ Reference models and sample catalogues

Learning Outcomes
IT Project Management
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain and differentiate between the basic principles and tasks of IT project management.
▪ explain the important practical techniques and methods necessary for the implementation
of IT project management.
▪ describe the basic procedural models and explain their advantages and disadvantages as
well as their possible applications.
▪ identify possible project risks on the basis of given practical scenarios and select suitable
measures from IT project management in order to minimize them in a targeted manner.

IT Architecture Management
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ describe and explain the basic principles of IT strategy, governance, and architecture
management, differentiating between them.
▪ explain and differentiate the typical activities of IT architecture management, their
interrelationships, and their dependencies.
▪ explain suitable models of IT architecture management, distinguish between them, and
explain their intended purpose.
▪ explain and describe selected IT architectural frameworks as well as reference models and
sample catalogues.

www.iu.org
DLBCSEITPAM 449

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
the field of Computer Science & Software Technology field.
Developement.

www.iu.org
450 DLBCSEITPAM01

IT Project Management
Course Code: DLBCSEITPAM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
In this course, typical problems in the management of Software projects are discussed and the
methods and techniques used to address challenges conveyed.In addition, standard procedural
models for IT project management are explained and their strengths and weaknesses specifically
identified.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain and differentiate between the basic principles and tasks of IT project management.
▪ explain the important practical techniques and methods necessary for the implementation
of IT project management.
▪ describe the basic procedural models and explain their advantages and disadvantages as
well as their possible applications.
▪ identify possible project risks on the basis of given practical scenarios and select suitable
measures from IT project management in order to minimize them in a targeted manner.

Contents
1. Basics Terms and Foundations of IT Project Management
1.1 Definition of a Project and Types of IT Projects
1.2 IT Project Lifecycle
1.3 Multi-Project Management – The Project in the Context of the Organization

2. Planning Techniques
2.1 Large-Scale Planning: Milestones, Sub-tasks, and Work Packages
2.2 Large-Scale Planning: Gantt Charts
2.3 Planning and Organization of Work Packages: Kanban Board

3. Prioritization, Estimation of Costs, Project Controlling


3.1 Prioritization
3.2 Estimation of Costs
3.3 Project Controlling

www.iu.org
DLBCSEITPAM01 451

4. Stakeholder, Communication and Risk Management


4.1 Stakeholder Management
4.2 Communication Management
4.3 Risk Management

5. Organization and Structure in IT Project Management


5.1 Overview and Levels of Management from PRINCE2
5.2 Management Processes in PRINCE2
5.3 Pragmatic IT Project Management (PITPM)
5.4 Configuration of an IT Project in PITPM
5.5 Management of a project in PITPM

6. Schools of Thought in IT Project Management


6.1 Agile Software Development
6.2 Value-Based Software Engineering

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Project Management Institute. (2021). A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge
(PMBOK® Guide) – Seventh Edition and The Standard for Project Management (ENGLISH): Vol.
Seventh edition. Project Management Institute.

www.iu.org
452 DLBCSEITPAM01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBCSEITPAM01 453

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Slides

www.iu.org
454 DLBCSEITPAM02

IT Architecture Management
Course Code: DLBCSEITPAM02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
In addition to concrete IT projects, such as the development of a new IT system or the
introduction of standard software, a strategic management system for organizational-wide IT
infrastructure – that is, for all IT hardware and software systems – must be used.Strategic
management is the responsibility of the IT enterprise architect, who operates IT architecture
management. Their task is to strategically align IT infrastructure with an organization's business
and IT strategy.This course covers the typical concepts, methods, procedures, and IT models of
architecture management.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ describe and explain the basic principles of IT strategy, governance, and architecture
management, differentiating between them.
▪ explain and differentiate the typical activities of IT architecture management, their
interrelationships, and their dependencies.
▪ explain suitable models of IT architecture management, distinguish between them, and
explain their intended purpose.
▪ explain and describe selected IT architectural frameworks as well as reference models and
sample catalogues.

Contents
1. Basic Terms and Foundation for the Management of IT Enterprise Architectures
1.1 IT Enterprise Architecture
1.2 Goals of Enterprise Architecture Management
1.3 Processes in the Management of IT Enterprise Architectures

2. IT Application Portfolio Management


2.1 IT Application Portfolio Management Overview
2.2 Application Manual
2.3 Portfolio Analysis
2.4 Development Planning

3. Architecture Governance

www.iu.org
DLBCSEITPAM02 455

3.1 Organizational Structure


3.2 Policy Development and Enforcement
3.3 Project Support

4. Modeling of IT Enterprise Architectures


4.1 Models in the Context of IT Architecture Management
4.2 Forms of Documentation for Processes and Applications
4.3 Forms of Documentation for Systems and Technologies

5. Frameworks Using the Example of TOGAF


5.1 Fundamentals and Use of IT Architecture Frameworks
5.2 Overview and Categories of EAM Frameworks
5.3 The Open Group Architecture Framework (TOGAF)

6. Reference Models and Sample Catalogues


6.1 Architecture Reference Models
6.2 EAM Design Sample Catalogue

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Ahlemann, F., Messerschmidt, M., Stettiner, E., & Legner, C. (2012). Strategic enterprise
architecture management. Challenges, best practices, and future developments. Springer-
Verlag.
▪ Perroud, T., & Inversini, R. (2013). Enterprise architecture patterns: Practical solutions for
recurring IT-architecture problems. Springer.

www.iu.org
456 DLBCSEITPAM02

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBCSEITPAM02 457

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Audio
☑ Recorded Live Sessions ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
458 DLBKPSWPMCI_E

Psychology of Human Computer Interaction


Module Code: DLBKPSWPMCI_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Kristina Schaaff (Experience Psychology) / Prof. Dr. Janki Dodiya (Human Computer
Interaction)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Experience Psychology (DLBUXEP01_E)


▪ Human Computer Interaction (DLBUXHCI01_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Experience Psychology
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Human Computer Interaction


• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBKPSWPMCI_E 459

Module Contents

Experience Psychology
▪ Physiological and Psychological Basics of User Experience
▪ Future Human-Machine Relationships based on Artificial Intelligence
▪ Emotional Impact of Design
▪ User Experience regarding Design Aspects

Human Computer Interaction


▪ Basics of Human Information Processing
▪ Physiological and Psychological Aspects of Human Perception, Cognition and Behavior
▪ Technical Framework of Human-Computer Interaction
▪ Trends in Human-Computer Interaction

Learning Outcomes
Experience Psychology
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ outline physiological and psychological basics of user experience.
▪ understand the emotional impact of design and typography and apply them to specific fields.
▪ apply principles of Emotional Design.
▪ understand developments in the human-machine relationship based on future technologies
such as artificial intelligence.
▪ understand and apply aspects of user experience design.

Human Computer Interaction


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the human basics of perception, information processing, cognition, and motor
skills in order to apply them for a user-friendly design of user interfaces.
▪ understand technical frameworks in the design of user interfaces.
▪ know and analyze current trends in human-computer interaction.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in All Bachelor Programs in the Social Sciences
the fields Psychology and Computer Science & and IT & Technology fields
Software Development

www.iu.org
460 DLBUXEP01_E

Experience Psychology
Course Code: DLBUXEP01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The aim is to teach students the psychological and physiological principles of humans, which
are of great importance for the design of digital products and services. First, an overview of
the psychological aspects of user experience is given. In addition to emotions, motives and
personality traits, the functions of the brain are also discussed. Furthermore, the course teaches
the emotional effect that can be created through the use of images, colors and shapes as
well as typography. Principles of Emotional Design are taught. In addition, the effect of future
technologies such as artificial intelligence in the human-machine relationship will be discussed. A
final focus will be placed on design and its importance for user experience.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ outline physiological and psychological basics of user experience.


▪ understand the emotional impact of design and typography and apply them to specific fields.
▪ apply principles of Emotional Design.
▪ understand developments in the human-machine relationship based on future technologies
such as artificial intelligence.
▪ understand and apply aspects of user experience design.

Contents
1. Basics and Explanations of Terms
1.1 Explanation of terms
1.2 User Experience over Time
1.3 Interaction of Psychology and Design

2. How "Experience" Works in the Brain


2.1 Anatomy of the Human Brain
2.2 Limbic System
2.3 Main Components of a Nerve Cell
2.4 Brain Research and Marketing Myths

3. Personal Drivers: Emotions, Motives and Personality Traits


3.1 Reward and Avoidance System

www.iu.org
DLBUXEP01_E 461

3.2 Motives and Goals


3.3 Personality Traits of the Human Being
3.4 Relevance, Credibility and Differentiation

4. Emotional Design: Retrospect and Future


4.1 Different Levels of Emotional Design
4.2 Design Principles of Emotional Design
4.3 Emotional Design and Technology
4.4 Emotion and Artificial Intelligence
4.5 The Future of the Human-Machine Relationship

5. How Design works


5.1 Effect of Images
5.2 Effect of Colors
5.3 Effect of Shapes

6. How typography works


6.1 Basics of Typography
6.2 Effect of Typography
6.3 Target use of Typography

7. Design of User Experience


7.1 From User-Friendliness to Information Experience
7.2 Design of the Flow Experience
7.3 The Role of Aesthetics
7.4 Emotional Inspiration

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Evans, D. C. (2017). Bottlenecks: Aligning UX design with user psychology. Apress, Springer
Science + Business Media.
▪ Kahneman, D. (2011). Thinking, fast and slow. Penguin Books.
▪ Norman, D. (2013). The design of everyday things (Revised and expanded ed.). Basic Books.
▪ Turner, P. (2017). A psychology of user experience. In Human Computer Interaction Series.
Springer International Publishing.

www.iu.org
462 DLBUXEP01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBUXHCI01_E 463

Human Computer Interaction


Course Code: DLBUXHCI01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The objective of this course is to teach students fundamental aspects of interaction between
humans and computers. For a user-friendly design of interfaces on computers, machines and
devices, a precise knowledge of human abilities and skills is necessary. The main focus of the
course is on teaching the basics of human information processing. Special attention is paid to
the physiological and psychological aspects of perception, cognition and motor skills. In addition
to basics from a human perspective, the technical conditions for the machine perspective will be
introduced. Finally, trends in human-computer interaction will be discussed.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the human basics of perception, information processing, cognition, and motor
skills in order to apply them for a user-friendly design of user interfaces.
▪ understand technical frameworks in the design of user interfaces.
▪ know and analyze current trends in human-computer interaction.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of Human-Computer Interaction
1.1 Definitions
1.2 Challenges in Human Computer Interaction
1.3 Basic Models of Human Information Processing

2. Perception
2.1 Sight and Visual Perception
2.2 „Gestaltpsychology“ laws
2.3 Attentive and Preattentive Perception
2.4 Auditory Sense and Auditory Perception
2.5 Sense of Touch and Proprioception
2.6 Smell and Taste Perception

3. Cognition, Motor Skills


3.1 Memory Types and Cognitive Processes

www.iu.org
464 DLBUXHCI01_E

3.2 Stress due to Multiple Tasks


3.3 Measuring Cognitive Load
3.4 Decision Making and Speed
3.5 Motor Skills

4. Mental Models and Errors


4.1 Mental Models
4.2 User Error
4.3 Basic Types of Errors
4.4 Murphy's Law

5. Technical Framework
5.1 Visual Representation and Spatial Resolution
5.2 Temporal Resolution
5.3 Representation of Color and Brightness
5.4 Acoustic Representation
5.5 Moore's Law

6. Aspects of the Interaction with Socio-Technical systems


6.1 Overview of Interaction Styles
6.2 Acceptance
6.3 Trust
6.4 Security and Data Protection

7. Trends in Human-Computer Interaction


7.1 Intelligent Systems
7.2 Ubiquitous Computing
7.3 Augmented Reality
7.4 Multimodal Interaction
7.5 Haptics

www.iu.org
DLBUXHCI01_E 465

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Sharp, H./Preece, J./Rogers, Y. (2019): Interaction Design: Beyond Human-Computer
Interaction. 5. Auflage, John Wiley & Sons, Indianapolis.
▪ Shneiderman, B./Plaisant, C./Cohen, M./Jacobs, S./Elmqvist, N./Diakopoulos, N. (2017):
Designing the User Interface: Strategies for Effective Human-Computer Interaction. 6. Auflage,
Pearson, Harlow.
▪ Stanton, N./Salmon, P.M./Rafferty, L.A./Walker, F.H./Baber, Ch./Jenkins, D.P.. (2017): Human
Factors Methods: A Practical Guide for Engineering and Design. 2. Auflage, CRC Press Taylor &
Francis Group, Boca Raton

www.iu.org
466 DLBUXHCI01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Practice Exam
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Online Tests
sions/Learning Sprint ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLFSWI_E 467

Foreign Language Italian


Module Code: DLFSWI_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Regina Cordes (Certificate Course Italian) / Prof. Dr. Regina Cordes (Foreign Language
Italian)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Certificate Course Italian (DLFSWI01_E)


▪ Foreign Language Italian (DLFSI01_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Certificate Course Italian


• Study Format "myStudies": Participation
Certificate (passed / not passed)
• Study Format "Distance Learning":
Participation Certificate (passed / not
passed)

Foreign Language Italian


• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
468 DLFSWI_E

Module Contents

Certificate Course Italian

To learn and deepen Italian as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to
the respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Foreign Language Italian

To learn and deepen Italian as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to
the respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Learning Outcomes
Certificate Course Italian
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Italian according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Foreign Language Italian


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Italian according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Distance Learning Bachelor Programmes
This module is similar to other modules in the
field of Languages

www.iu.org
DLFSWI01_E 469

Certificate Course Italian


Course Code: DLFSWI01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
Italian as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test. Upon
successful completion, students will receive a certificate corresponding to their chosen level.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Italian according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed
at satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means
your own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply

www.iu.org
470 DLFSWI01_E

and coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)
▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics;
and to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
DLFSWI01_E 471

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Participation Certificate (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
472 DLFSWI01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Participation Certificate (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
DLFSI01_E 473

Foreign Language Italian


Course Code: DLFSI01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
Italian as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Italian according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed
at satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means
your own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply
and coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)

www.iu.org
474 DLFSI01_E

▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics;
and to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
DLFSI01_E 475

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
476 DLFSI01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
DLFSWF_E 477

Foreign Language French


Module Code: DLFSWF_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Regina Cordes (Certificate Course French) / Prof. Dr. Regina Cordes (Foreign Language
French)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Certificate Course French (DLFSWF01_E)


▪ Foreign Language French (DLFSF01_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Certificate Course French


• Study Format "Distance Learning":
Participation Certificate (passed / not
passed)
• Study Format "myStudies": Participation
Certificate (passed / not passed)

Foreign Language French


• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
478 DLFSWF_E

Module Contents

Certificate Course French

To learn and deepen French as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to
the respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Foreign Language French

To learn and deepen French as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to
the respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Learning Outcomes
Certificate Course French
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language French according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Foreign Language French


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language French according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Distance Learning Bachelor Programmes
This module is similar to other modules in the
field of Languages

www.iu.org
DLFSWF01_E 479

Certificate Course French


Course Code: DLFSWF01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
French as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test. Upon
successful completion, students will receive a certificate corresponding to their chosen level.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language French according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed
at satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means
your own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply

www.iu.org
480 DLFSWF01_E

and coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)
▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics;
and to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
DLFSWF01_E 481

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Participation Certificate (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
482 DLFSWF01_E

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Participation Certificate (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
DLFSF01_E 483

Foreign Language French


Course Code: DLFSF01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
French as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language French according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed
at satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means
your own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply
and coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)

www.iu.org
484 DLFSF01_E

▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics;
and to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
DLFSF01_E 485

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
486 DLFSF01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
DLFSWS_E 487

Foreign Language Spanish


Module Code: DLFSWS_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Regina Cordes (Certificate Course Spanish) / Prof. Dr. Regina Cordes (Foreign Language
Spanish)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Certificate Course Spanish (DLFSWS01_E)


▪ Foreign Language Spanish (DLFSS01_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Certificate Course Spanish


• Study Format "Distance Learning":
Participation Certificate (passed / not
passed)
• Study Format "myStudies": Participation
Certificate (passed / not passed)

Foreign Language Spanish


• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
488 DLFSWS_E

Module Contents

Certificate Course Spanish

To learn and deepen Spanish as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to
the respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Foreign Language Spanish

To learn and deepen Spanish as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to
the respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Learning Outcomes
Certificate Course Spanish
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Spanish according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Foreign Language Spanish


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Spanish according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Distance Learning Bachelor Programmes
This module is similar to other modules in the
field of Languages

www.iu.org
DLFSWS01_E 489

Certificate Course Spanish


Course Code: DLFSWS01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
Spanish as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test. Upon
successful completion, students will receive a certificate corresponding to their chosen level.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Spanish according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed
at satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means
your own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply

www.iu.org
490 DLFSWS01_E

and coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)
▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics;
and to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
DLFSWS01_E 491

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Participation Certificate (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
492 DLFSWS01_E

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Participation Certificate (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
DLFSS01_E 493

Foreign Language Spanish


Course Code: DLFSS01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
Spanish as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Spanish according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed
at satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means
your own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply
and coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)

www.iu.org
494 DLFSS01_E

▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics;
and to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
DLFSS01_E 495

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
496 DLFSS01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
DLFSWG 497

Foreign Language German


Module Code: DLFSWG

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Regina Cordes (Certificate Course German) / Prof. Dr. Regina Cordes (Foreign Language
German)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Certificate Course German (DLFSWG01)


▪ Foreign Language German (DLFSG01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Certificate Course German


• Study Format "myStudies": Participation
Certificate (passed / not passed)
• Study Format "Distance Learning":
Participation Certificate (passed / not
passed)

Foreign Language German


• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
498 DLFSWG

Module Contents

Certificate Course German

To learn and deepen German as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to
the respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Foreign Language German

To learn and deepen German as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to
the respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Learning Outcomes
Certificate Course German
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language German according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Foreign Language German


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language German according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Distance Learning Bachelor Programmes
This module is similar to other modules in the
field of Languages

www.iu.org
DLFSWG01 499

Certificate Course German


Course Code: DLFSWG01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
German as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test. Upon
successful completion, students will receive a certificate corresponding to their chosen level.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language German according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed
at satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means
your own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply

www.iu.org
500 DLFSWG01

and coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)
▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics;
and to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
DLFSWG01 501

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Participation Certificate (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
502 DLFSWG01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Participation Certificate (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
DLFSG01 503

Foreign Language German


Course Code: DLFSG01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
German as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language German according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed
at satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means
your own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply
and coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)

www.iu.org
504 DLFSG01

▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics;
and to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
DLFSG01 505

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
506 DLFSG01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
90 h 0h 30 h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
DLBSG_E 507

Studium Generale
Module Code: DLBSG_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Studium Generale I) / N.N. (Studium Generale II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Studium Generale I (DLBSG01_E)


▪ Studium Generale II (DLBSG02_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Studium Generale I
• Study Format "myStudies": See Selected
Course
• Study Format "Distance Learning": See
Selected Course

Studium Generale II
• Study Format "Distance Learning": See
Selected Course
• Study Format "myStudies": See Selected
Course

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
508 DLBSG_E

Module Contents

Studium Generale I

In principle, all IU bachelor courses can be selected as courses for the "Studium Generale", so that
the content can be chosen from the entire breadth of the IU distance learning program.

Studium Generale II

In principle, all IU bachelor courses can be selected as courses for the "Studium Generale", so that
the content can be chosen from the entire breadth of the IU distance learning program.

Learning Outcomes
Studium Generale I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ apply acquired key competencies to issues in their field of study and/or in their professional
environment.
▪ to deepen one's own skills and abilities in a self-directed manner.
▪ to look beyond the boundaries of their own area of expertise.

Studium Generale II
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ apply acquired key competencies to issues in their field of study and/or in their professional
environment.
▪ to deepen one's own skills and abilities in a self-directed manner.
▪ to look beyond the boundaries of their own area of expertise.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
It is a stand-alone offering with possible All IU Distance Learning Bachelor Programs
references to various required and elective
modules

www.iu.org
DLBSG01_E 509

Studium Generale I
Course Code: DLBSG01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
In the course "Studium Generale I", students deepen their knowledge in a self-selected subject
area by completing an IU course outside their applicable curriculum. This gives them the
opportunity to look beyond their own subject area and acquire further competencies. The
associated option enables students to self-determine their study content to focus even more
on issues relevant to them and/or to strengthen or develop selected competencies.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ apply acquired key competencies to issues in their field of study and/or in their professional
environment.
▪ to deepen one's own skills and abilities in a self-directed manner.
▪ to look beyond the boundaries of their own area of expertise.

Contents
▪ The course "Studium Generale I" offers students the opportunity to take courses outside of
their curriculum and the result can be credited as an elective subject. In principle, all IU
bachelor courses that fulfill the following requirements are creditable for this purpose:
▪ They are not part of an integral part of the applicable mandatory curriculum.
▪ They do not have admission requirements or students can prove that they have met the
admission requirement.
▪ The examination of the selected courses must be taken in full and finally passed in order to
be credited as part of the 'Studium Generale' .

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ See course description of the selected course

www.iu.org
510 DLBSG01_E

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies See Selected Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam See Selected Course

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
0h 0h 0h 0h 0h
0h

Instructional Methods

see selected course

www.iu.org
DLBSG01_E 511

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning See Selected Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam See Selected Course

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
0h 0h 0h 0h 0h
0h

Instructional Methods

See Selected Course

www.iu.org
512 DLBSG02_E

Studium Generale II
Course Code: DLBSG02_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
In the course "Studium Generale II", students deepen their knowledge in a self-selected subject
area by completing an IU course outside their applicable curriculum. This gives them the
opportunity to look beyond their own subject area and acquire further competencies. The
associated option enables students to self-determine their study content to focus even more
on issues relevant to them and/or to strengthen or develop selected competencies.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ apply acquired key competencies to issues in their field of study and/or in their professional
environment.
▪ to deepen one's own skills and abilities in a self-directed manner.
▪ to look beyond the boundaries of their own area of expertise.

Contents
▪ The course "Studium Generale II" offers students the opportunity to take courses outside of
their curriculum and the result can be credited as an elective subject. In principle, all IU
bachelor courses that fulfill the following requirements can be chosen for this purpose:
▪ They are not part of an integral part of the applicable mandatory curriculum.
▪ They do not have admission requirements or students can prove that they have met the
admission requirement.
▪ The examination of the selected courses must be taken in full and finally passed in order to
be credited as part of the 'Studium Generale' .

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ See course description of the selected course

www.iu.org
DLBSG02_E 513

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning See Selected Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam See Selected Course

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
0h 0h 0h 0h 0h
0h

Instructional Methods

See Selected Course

www.iu.org
514 DLBSG02_E

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies See Selected Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam See Selected Course

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
0h 0h 0h 0h 0h
0h

Instructional Methods

www.iu.org
FSINTER 515

Internship
Module Code: FSINTER

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum None 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Andreas Simon (Internship)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Internship (FSINTER01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam


Study Format: myStudies
Internship Reflection Paper (passed / not
passed)
Study Format: Distance Learning
Internship Reflection Paper (passed / not
passed)

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
Internship according to the Internship Regulations of the IU.

www.iu.org
516 FSINTER

Learning Outcomes
Internship
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ apply skills and knowledge they have obtained previously during their study program in an
entrepreneurial environment.
▪ develop his / her practical and analytical skills in order to improve his / her employability.
▪ have practical knowledge and learn to work within an organization.
▪ acquire a first deep insight into organizational structures and communication procedures.
▪ apply comminication skills, socials skills, problem solving, time and project management
which will shape their general management skills.
▪ shape their personality with the help of the interdisciplinary nature of the course especially
in the area of the key qualifications like interpersonal skills or intercultural skills.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All myStudies programs
Builds on modules of the chosen degree
program

www.iu.org
FSINTER01 517

Internship
Course Code: FSINTER01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
10 None
English

Course Description
This module consists of two parts: (1) preparation tutorials and (2) the internship itself. During
the preparation tutorials, students will learn about the intention of the internship and about the
intellectual as well as social requirements of the working environment.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ apply skills and knowledge they have obtained previously during their study program in an
entrepreneurial environment.
▪ develop his / her practical and analytical skills in order to improve his / her employability.
▪ have practical knowledge and learn to work within an organization.
▪ acquire a first deep insight into organizational structures and communication procedures.
▪ apply comminication skills, socials skills, problem solving, time and project management
which will shape their general management skills.
▪ shape their personality with the help of the interdisciplinary nature of the course especially
in the area of the key qualifications like interpersonal skills or intercultural skills.

Contents
▪ Internship according to the Internship Regulations of the IU.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Sweitzer, F. H. & King, M. A. (2009). The Successful Internship: Personal, Professional, and Civic
Development. 3rd ed.. Cengage. ISBN: 0-495-59642-6.
▪ Kaser, K., Brooks, J. R. & Brooks, K. (2007). Making the Most of your Internship. Thomson. ISBN:
0-538-44432-0.
▪ Myers Kiser, P. (2008). The Human Services Internship: Getting the Most from your Experience.
2nd ed.. Cengage. ISBN: 0-495-09226-6.

www.iu.org
518 FSINTER01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Internship Reflection Paper (passed / not


passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
0h 0h 0h 300 h 300 h
0h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support
☑ Course Feed
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
FSINTER01 519

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Internship Reflection Paper (passed / not


passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
0h 0h 0h 300 h 300 h
0h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support
☑ Course Feed
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
520 DLBKAENT_E

Career Development
Module Code: DLBKAENT_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum ▪ none BA 10 300 h
▪ DLBKAENT01_E

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Heike Schiebeck (Personal Career Plan) / Prof. Dr. Heike Schiebeck (Personal Elevator
Pitch)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Personal Career Plan (DLBKAENT01_E)


▪ Personal Elevator Pitch (DLBKAENT02_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Personal Career Plan


• Study Format "Distance Learning": Advanced
Workbook

Personal Elevator Pitch


• Study Format "Distance Learning": Concept
Presentation

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBKAENT_E 521

Module Contents

Personal Career Plan


▪ Career Theories and Models
▪ Career Development
▪ Choosing Possible Careers
▪ Personal Branding
▪ Career Strategy
▪ Global Careers
▪ Employment Search

Personal Elevator Pitch

Through the application of self-reflection, self-awareness based on relevant career success


parameters students should develop career goals, career stages, and their career strategy. Taking
into account their current professional and/or study situation, the central elements of a short-,
and medium-term career planning are worked out by the students for their individual case. At the
end of the course, students will be able to present their personal elevator pitch and communicate
it in a proper way that is appropriate for the target group or audience. In this way, they will reflect
on their current professional situation. The personal elevator pitch, being at hear of personal
branding, supports the conveyance of this vision during personal networking activities.

www.iu.org
522 DLBKAENT_E

Learning Outcomes
Personal Career Plan
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand, apply, and reflect presented career theory and models with regard to their
personal situation to arrive at a concept or pictore of a desired career.
▪ understand and critically reflect the concept of career and career planning.
▪ understand the relevance of a strategically oriented career planning.
▪ understand the importance of and conduct a personal assessment to identify one's
personality, values, motivation, strengths, competencies, skills, and interests.
▪ understand the necessity of building and maintaining their own personal brand.
▪ understand differing job search processes across national/international contexts, and to
create context-sensitive job applications accordingly.
▪ understand the principles of global careers and how to effectively act in international
environments.

Personal Elevator Pitch


On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ identify their career goals, career stages, and the personal status quo with regard to their
achievement.
▪ reflect their current situation and define where they want to aim.
▪ develop a career strategy by creating personal career goals and a coherent action plan.
▪ understand and apply the process of building a personal brand.
▪ define their identity, skills, profession, reasons to believe and necessary investments.
▪ identify their personal strengths and their core driver.
▪ understand the power of effective communication, networking, and storytelling.
▪ understand the principles and apply the process of designing a strong personal elevator
pitch.
▪ critically reflect and adapt their personal elevator pitch to the specificities of the context,
audience, target group, and way of delivery.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the Human Resources
field of Human Resources field

www.iu.org
DLBKAENT01_E 523

Personal Career Plan


Course Code: DLBKAENT01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
In today's complex and ever-changing environment, the forms of careers vary depending on the
context, understanding of values, and market dynamics. The 'classic career ladder' that one is
climbing being the only predominant form of career is long outdated, and individuals are being
confronted with a great number of opportunities regarding industry or job choice and working
arrangements.Considering the great variety of options especially for well-educated individuals,
has become more important than ever to make informed decisions. This course is designed to
support students maneauvering themselves through these complexities of their personal career
plan, whereby self-awareness, self-reflection, and goal-setting are important elements of this
process. Guided by central elements of career theory, career models, and research outcomes,
students will be given tools and reflection exercises to arrive at a solid, directly applicable strategy
to further steet their professional progress and career steps.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand, apply, and reflect presented career theory and models with regard to their
personal situation to arrive at a concept or pictore of a desired career.
▪ understand and critically reflect the concept of career and career planning.
▪ understand the relevance of a strategically oriented career planning.
▪ understand the importance of and conduct a personal assessment to identify one's
personality, values, motivation, strengths, competencies, skills, and interests.
▪ understand the necessity of building and maintaining their own personal brand.
▪ understand differing job search processes across national/international contexts, and to
create context-sensitive job applications accordingly.
▪ understand the principles of global careers and how to effectively act in international
environments.

Contents
1. Career Theories and Approaches
1.1 Traditional Career Theories and Models
1.2 Protean Career Orientation
1.3 Career Learning Cycle

2. Career Development

www.iu.org
524 DLBKAENT01_E

2.1 Career Motives


2.2 Career Roles
2.3 Career Performance

3. Career Planning
3.1 Essentials of Career Planning
3.2 The Career Planning Process
3.3 Contingencies of Career Planning

4. Personal Assessment
4.1 Personality
4.2 Values and Motivation
4.3 Competencies, Skills, Strengths, and Fields of Interest

5. Career Choice
5.1 Possible Career Paths
5.2 Forms of Careers
5.3 Employability
5.4 Career Identity

6. Develop a Career Strategy and Manage your Career


6.1 Career Capital
6.2 Career Goals
6.3 Career Success
6.4 Personal Reflection
6.5 Personal Branding

7. Global Careers
7.1 Forms of Global Careers
7.2 Individual Characteristics of Global Leaders
7.3 Role of Interculturality
7.4 Diversity and Inclusion

8. Search for Employment in Germany and Abroad


8.1 Job Search Databases
8.2 Networks and Platforms
8.3 Shaping Resume and Cover Letter
8.4 Written and Video Application
8.5 Selection Procedures

www.iu.org
DLBKAENT01_E 525

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Baruch, Y. (2022). Managing Careers and Employability. SAGE.
▪ Greenhaus, J.H., Callanan, G.A., & Godshalk, V.M. (2018). Career Management for Life (5th
edition). College of Business & Public Management Faculty Books.
▪ Hoeckstra, H. (2011). A career roles model of career development. Journal of Vocational
Behavior, 78(2), 159-173.
▪ Ibarra, H. (2004). Working Identity: Unconventional Strategies for Reinventing Your Career.
Harvard Business School Press.
▪ Kingsley, T. (2022). Personal Branding. Independently published.
▪ Ng, T.W.H., Eby, L.T., Sorensen, K.L., & Feldman, D.C. (2005). Predictors of objective and
subjective career success: A meta-analysis. Personnel psychology, 58(2), 367-408.
▪ Ng, T.W.H., & Feldman, D.C. (2014). Subjective career success: A meta-analytic review. Journal of
Vocational Behavior, 85(2), 169-179.

www.iu.org
526 DLBKAENT01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Theory Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: yes

Type of Exam Advanced Workbook

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
110 h 0h 20 h 0h 150 h
20 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Course Book ☑ Online Tests
☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Video ☑ Guideline
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBKAENT02_E 527

Personal Elevator Pitch


Course Code: DLBKAENT02_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 5 DLBKAENT01_E
English

Course Description
The forms of careers vary depending on the context or personal preferences in today's ever-
changing, demanding, and complex environment. Changes in the environment, as for example
technology, sustainability, and the rise of artificial intelligence, push individuals to take career
transitions into their own hands. Personal endeavors to develop one's career through the
acquisition of, for instance, new projects, jobs, or employers, require the right strategies to be
successful. Contacts through targeted networking and the development of one's own brand play a
special role here. Evenly so for individuals starting their careers after having accomplished their
education, effective networking is key to career entry and development in these turbulent times.
In addition, personal branding is a concept that not only has gained relevance in research but
is also widely used in career counseling. Developing and conveying a personal brand is central
to this course. Using the personal branding approach during networking activities, individuals can
actively contribute to their career success.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ identify their career goals, career stages, and the personal status quo with regard to their
achievement.
▪ reflect their current situation and define where they want to aim.
▪ develop a career strategy by creating personal career goals and a coherent action plan.
▪ understand and apply the process of building a personal brand.
▪ define their identity, skills, profession, reasons to believe and necessary investments.
▪ identify their personal strengths and their core driver.
▪ understand the power of effective communication, networking, and storytelling.
▪ understand the principles and apply the process of designing a strong personal elevator
pitch.
▪ critically reflect and adapt their personal elevator pitch to the specificities of the context,
audience, target group, and way of delivery.

Contents
▪ The core element of this course is a personal elevator pitch with the use of a personal
branding canvas. The creation of a personal brand is not only relevant for self-employed
freelancers or entrepreneurs but is as well helpful for individuals who strive for their
own further development on the career ladder within their organization or for those who

www.iu.org
528 DLBKAENT02_E

are seeking employment. Having understood the characteristics of and reasoning behind
personal branding and the underlying process, students will be able to apply this process to
their own person and situation.
▪ Self-awareness being the main ' ingredient' for an effective personal brand, students will be
encouraged to go on an intensive self-reflection journey to deepen their understanding
of their identity, skills, profession, and reasons to believe for a personal brand, and
subsequently, for a personal elevator pitch.
▪ Being at the heart of and the essence of personal branding, the elevator pitch enables
individuals to impactfully present themselves in a nutshell to important individuals and
potential employers. Having understood the principles and key success factors characterizing
an elevator pitch, students will be able to develop their own one. They will learn to consider
aspects like timing, benefit, clear positioning, target audience through an oral form of
delivery. In addition, the role of communication, networking and storytelling principles will
be highlighted.
▪ Knowledge of the core elements and success factors of the personal elevator pitch within the
framework of the individual career development.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Dowling, D. (2009). How to Perfect an Elevator Pitch About Yourself. Harvard Business Review.
https://hbr.org/2009/05/how-to-perfect-an-elevator-pit.
▪ Gorbatov, S., Khapova, S.N., & Lysova, E.I. (2018). Personal branding: Interdisciplinary
systematic review and research agenda. Frontiers in psychology, 2238.
▪ Gorbatov, S., Khapova, S.N., & Lysova, E.I. (2019). Get noticed to get ahead: The impact of
personal branding on career success. Frontiers in psychology, 2662.
▪ Jourdan Jr., Louis F., Deis, M., & Lysova, E.I. (2010). Getting Your Elevator Pitch To The Plate.
Business Journal for Entrepreneurs, 2010(1), 43-47.
▪ Woodside, A.G. (2010). Brand consumer storytelling theory and research: Introduction to a
Psychology & Marketing special issue. Psychology & Marketing, 27(6), 531-540.

www.iu.org
DLBKAENT02_E 529

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Concept Presentation

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
120 h 0h 0h 0h 150 h
30 h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Exam Preparation


☑ Course Feed ☑ Guideline
☑ Intensive Live Ses-
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
530 DLBBT

Bachelor Thesis
Module Code: DLBBT

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload


see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction


and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Degree Program Advisor (SGL) (Bachelor Thesis) / Degree Program Advisor (SGL) (Colloquium)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Bachelor Thesis (DLBBT01)


▪ Colloquium (DLBBT02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Bachelor Thesis
• Study Format "myStudies": Bachelor Thesis
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Bachelor
Thesis

Colloquium
• Study Format "myStudies": Colloquium
• Study Format "Distance Learning":
Colloquium

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
DLBBT 531

Module Contents

Bachelor Thesis
▪ Bachelor's thesis
▪ Colloquium on the bachelor's thesis

Colloquium

Learning Outcomes
Bachelor Thesis
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ work on a problem from their major field of study by applying the specialist and
methodological skills they have acquired during their studies.
▪ independently analyze selected tasks with scientific methods, critically evaluate them, and
develop appropriate solutions under the guidance of an academic supervisor.
▪ record and analyze existing (research) literature appropriate to the topic of their bachelor's
thesis.
▪ prepare a detailed written elaboration in compliance with scientific methods.

Colloquium
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ present a problem from their field of study using academic presentation and communication
techniques.
▪ reflect on the scientific and methodological approach chosen in their bachelor's thesis.
▪ demonstrate that they can actively answer subject-related questions from the subject
experts (reviewers of the bachelor’s thesis).

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor programs in distance learning
All modules in the Bachelor program

www.iu.org
532 DLBBT01

Bachelor Thesis
Course Code: DLBBT01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 9 none
English

Course Description
The aim and purpose of the bachelor's thesis is to successfully apply the subject-specific and
methodological competencies acquired during the course of study in the form of an academic
dissertation with a thematic reference to the major field of study. The content of the bachelor's
thesis can be a practical-empirical or theoretical-scientific problem. Students should prove that
they can independently analyze a selected problem with scientific methods, critically evaluate
it, and work out proposed solutions under the subject-methodological guidance of an academic
supervisor. The topic chosen by the student from their respective field of study should meet the
acquired scientific competences, deepening their academic knowledge and skills in order to meet
the future needs of the field.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ work on a problem from their major field of study by applying the specialist and
methodological skills they have acquired during their studies.
▪ independently analyze selected tasks with scientific methods, critically evaluate them, and
develop appropriate solutions under the guidance of an academic supervisor.
▪ record and analyze existing (research) literature appropriate to the topic of their bachelor's
thesis.
▪ prepare a detailed written elaboration in compliance with scientific methods.

Contents
▪ The bachelor's thesis must be written on a topic that relates to the content of the respective
major field of study. In the context of the bachelor's thesis, the problem, as well as the
scientific research goal, must be clearly emphasized. The work must reflect the current state
of knowledge of the topic to be examined by means of an appropriate literature analysis.
The student must prove their ability to use the acquired knowledge theoretically and/or
empirically in the form of an independent and problem-solution-oriented application.

www.iu.org
DLBBT01 533

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Lipson, C. (2018). How to write a BA thesis. A practical guide from your first ideas to your
finished paper (2nd ed.). University of Chicago Press.
▪ Turabian, K. L. (2013). A Manual for Writers of Research Papers, theses, and dissertations (8th
ed.). University of Chicago Press.
▪ Selection of literature according to topic

www.iu.org
534 DLBBT01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Thesis Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Bachelor Thesis

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
270 h 0h 0h 0h 270 h
0h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Slides ☑ Review Book
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
DLBBT01 535

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Thesis Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Bachelor Thesis

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
270 h 0h 0h 0h 270 h
0h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material Exam Preparation


☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Slides ☑ Review Book
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
536 DLBBT02

Colloquium
Course Code: DLBBT02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements


and Examination
BA 1 none
English

Course Description
The colloquium will take place after the submission of the bachelor’s thesis. This is done
at the invitation of the experts. During the colloquium, students must prove that they have
independently produced the content and results of the written work. The content of the
colloquium is a presentation of the most important work contents and research results by the
student as well as the answering of questions by experts.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ present a problem from their field of study using academic presentation and communication
techniques.
▪ reflect on the scientific and methodological approach chosen in their bachelor's thesis.
▪ demonstrate that they can actively answer subject-related questions from the subject
experts (reviewers of the bachelor’s thesis).

Contents
▪ The colloquium includes a presentation of the most important results of the bachelor's
thesis, followed by the student answering the reviewers' technical questions.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Subject specific literature chosen by the student

www.iu.org
DLBBT02 537

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type


myStudies Thesis Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Colloquium

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
30 h 0h 0h 0h 30 h
0h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material


☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Slides
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org
538 DLBBT02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type


Distance Learning Thesis Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements Online Tests: no

Type of Exam Colloquium

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial/Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
Support
30 h 0h 0h 0h 30 h
0h

Instructional Methods

Tutorial Support Learning Material


☑ Intensive Live Ses- ☑ Slides
sions/Learning Sprint
☑ Recorded Live Sessions

www.iu.org

You might also like